Disable exec-dependent follow vfork tests for remote
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b90efa5b 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b90efa5b 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b90efa5b 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 409 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 412 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 413 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 414 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 415 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 416 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 417 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 418 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 419 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 420 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 421 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 422 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 423 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 424 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
425 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
426 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 427 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 428 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
429@end ifset
430@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
431
432@emph{Target MMIX options:}
433 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
434 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
435 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 436 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 437@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
438@ifset NIOSII
439
440@emph{Target Nios II options:}
441 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
442 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
443@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
444@ifset NDS32
445
446@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
447 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
448 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
449 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
450 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
451 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
453 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
454 [@b{-mb2bb}]
455@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
456@ifset PDP11
457
458@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
459 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
460 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 461 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
462@end ifset
463@ifset PJ
464
465@emph{Target picoJava options:}
466 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset PPC
469
470@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
471 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
472 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
473 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 474 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 475 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
476 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
477 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 478 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
479 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
480 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 482 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 483@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
484@ifset RL78
485
486@emph{Target RL78 options:}
487 [@b{-mg10}]
488 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
489@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
490@ifset RX
491
492@emph{Target RX options:}
493 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 494 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
495 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
496 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
497 [@b{-mpid}]
498 [@b{-mrelax}]
499 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
500 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 501@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
502@ifset S390
503
504@emph{Target s390 options:}
505 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
506 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
507 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
508@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
509@ifset SCORE
510
511@emph{Target SCORE options:}
512 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
513 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
514 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
515 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
516@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
517@ifset SPARC
518
519@emph{Target SPARC options:}
520@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
521 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
522 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
523 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
524 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
525@end ifset
526@ifset TIC54X
527
528@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 529 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
530 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
531@end ifset
40b36596
JM
532@ifset TIC6X
533
534@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
535 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
536 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
537 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 538@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
539@ifset TILEGX
540
541@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 542 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
543@end ifset
544@ifset TILEPRO
545@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
546@end ifset
b6605ddd 547@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 548
b6605ddd
EB
549@emph{Target Visium options:}
550 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
551@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
552@ifset XTENSA
553
554@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
555 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
556 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
557 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
558 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 559 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 560@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
561@ifset Z80
562
563@emph{Target Z80 options:}
564 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
565 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
566 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
567 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
568 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
569 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
570 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
571@end ifset
a4fb0134 572@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 573
a4fb0134 574@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 575@end ifset
e0001a05 576
0285c67d 577@c man end
252b5132
RH
578@end smallexample
579
0285c67d
NC
580@c man begin OPTIONS
581
a4fb0134 582@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 583@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 584
83f10cb2 585@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
586Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
587
a4fb0134 588@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
589@item -ac
590omit false conditionals
591
592@item -ad
593omit debugging directives
594
83f10cb2
NC
595@item -ag
596include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
597
252b5132
RH
598@item -ah
599include high-level source
600
601@item -al
602include assembly
603
604@item -am
605include macro expansions
606
607@item -an
608omit forms processing
609
610@item -as
611include symbols
612
613@item =file
614set the name of the listing file
615@end table
616
617You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
618listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
619the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
620
caa32fe5 621@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
622Begin in alternate macro mode.
623@ifclear man
624@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
625@end ifclear
caa32fe5 626
955974c6
CC
627@item --compress-debug-sections
628Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
629to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
273a4985
JT
630compatible with older linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression
631would make a given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed or renamed.
955974c6 632
151411f8
L
633@ifset ELF
634@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
635@item --compress-debug-sections=none
636@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
637@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
638@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
639These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
640@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
641@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
642@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
643@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} are equivalent to
644@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
645@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} compresses
646DWARF debug sections with SHF_COMPRESSED from the ELF ABI.
647@end ifset
648
955974c6
CC
649@item --nocompress-debug-sections
650Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
651
252b5132
RH
652@item -D
653Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
654other assemblers.
655
3d6b762c
JM
656@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
657When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
658information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
659
252b5132
RH
660@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
661Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
662@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
663indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
664value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
665use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
666
667@item -f
668``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
669compiler output).
670
329e276d
NC
671@item -g
672@itemx --gen-debug
673Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
674debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
675ECOFF or DWARF2.
676
252b5132
RH
677@item --gstabs
678Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
679may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
680
05da4302
NC
681@item --gstabs+
682Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
683extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
684debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
685may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
686the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
687
329e276d 688@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 689Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 690may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 691option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 692
b40bf0a2
NC
693@item --gdwarf-sections
694Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
695.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
696corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
697will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
698@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
699then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
700suffix.
701
21be61f5
L
702@item --size-check=error
703@itemx --size-check=warning
704Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
705
252b5132
RH
706@item --help
707Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
708
ea20a7da
CC
709@item --target-help
710Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
711
252b5132
RH
712@item -I @var{dir}
713Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
714
715@item -J
716Don't warn about signed overflow.
717
718@item -K
719@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
720This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
721@end ifclear
722@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
723Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
724@end ifset
725
726@item -L
727@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
728Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
729system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
730or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
731@ifclear man
732@xref{Symbol Names}.
733@end ifclear
252b5132 734
c3a27914
NC
735@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
736Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
737listing to @var{number}.
738
739@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
740Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
741lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
742
743@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
744Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
745@var{number} bytes.
746
747@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
748Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
749to @var{number} + 1.
750
252b5132 751@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 752Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
753
754@item -R
755Fold the data section into the text section.
756
4bdd3565
NC
757@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
758Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
759@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
760assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
761memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
762requirements at the expense of speed.
763
764@item --reduce-memory-overheads
765This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
766assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
767@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
768
252b5132
RH
769@item --statistics
770Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
771assembly.
772
773@item --strip-local-absolute
774Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
775
776@item -v
777@itemx -version
a4fb0134 778Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
779
780@item --version
a4fb0134 781Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
782
783@item -W
2bdd6cf5 784@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
785Suppress warning messages.
786
2bdd6cf5
GK
787@item --fatal-warnings
788Treat warnings as errors.
789
790@item --warn
791Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
792
252b5132
RH
793@item -w
794Ignored.
795
796@item -x
797Ignored.
798
799@item -Z
800Generate an object file even after errors.
801
802@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
803Standard input, or source files to assemble.
804
805@end table
2a633939
JM
806@c man end
807
a06ea964
NC
808@ifset AARCH64
809
810@ifclear man
811@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
812for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
813@end ifclear
814
815@ifset man
816@c man begin OPTIONS
817The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
81864-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
819@c man end
820@c man begin INCLUDE
821@include c-aarch64.texi
822@c ended inside the included file
823@end ifset
824
825@end ifset
826
2a633939
JM
827@ifset ALPHA
828
829@ifclear man
830@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
831for an Alpha processor.
832@end ifclear
833
834@ifset man
835@c man begin OPTIONS
836The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
837processor.
838@c man end
839@c man begin INCLUDE
840@include c-alpha.texi
841@c ended inside the included file
842@end ifset
843
844@end ifset
252b5132 845
2a633939 846@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
847@ifset ARC
848The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
849an ARC processor.
850
a4fb0134 851@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
852@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
853This option selects the core processor variant.
854@item -EB | -EL
855Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
856@end table
857@end ifset
858
859@ifset ARM
860The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
861processor family.
862
a4fb0134 863@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 864@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 865Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 866@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 867Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 868@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 869Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
870@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
871Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
872@item -mthumb
873Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 874@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
875Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
876@item -EB | -EL
877Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
878@item -mthumb-interwork
879Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
880ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
881@item -mccs
882Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
883@item -k
884Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
885@end table
886@end ifset
635fb38d 887@c man end
252b5132 888
9982501a 889@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
890
891@ifclear man
892@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
893configured for the Blackfin processor family.
894@end ifclear
895
896@ifset man
897@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
898The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
899the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
900@c man end
901@c man begin INCLUDE
902@include c-bfin.texi
903@c ended inside the included file
904@end ifset
9982501a 905
9982501a
JZ
906@end ifset
907
635fb38d 908@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
909@ifset CRIS
910See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
911@end ifset
912
252b5132
RH
913@ifset D10V
914The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
915a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 916@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
917@cindex D10V optimization
918@cindex optimization, D10V
919@item -O
920Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
921@end table
922@end ifset
923
924@ifset D30V
925The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
926processor.
a4fb0134 927@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
928@cindex D30V optimization
929@cindex optimization, D30V
930@item -O
931Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
932
933@cindex D30V nops
934@item -n
935Warn when nops are generated.
936
937@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
938@item -N
939Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
940@end table
941@end ifset
731caf76
L
942@c man end
943
cfb8c092
NC
944@ifset EPIPHANY
945The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
946Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
947
56b13185
JR
948@ifclear man
949@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
950configured for an Epiphany processor.
951@end ifclear
cfb8c092 952
56b13185
JR
953@ifset man
954@c man begin OPTIONS
955The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
956an Epiphany processor.
957@c man end
958@c man begin INCLUDE
959@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
960@c ended inside the included file
961@end ifset
962
963@end ifset
964
965@ifset H8300
966
967@ifclear man
968@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
969for an H8/300 processor.
970@end ifclear
971
972@ifset man
973@c man begin OPTIONS
974The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
975processor.
976@c man end
977@c man begin INCLUDE
978@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
979@c ended inside the included file
980@end ifset
cfb8c092 981
cfb8c092
NC
982@end ifset
983
731caf76 984@ifset I80386
252b5132 985
731caf76
L
986@ifclear man
987@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
988configured for an i386 processor.
989@end ifclear
990
991@ifset man
992@c man begin OPTIONS
993The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
994an i386 processor.
995@c man end
996@c man begin INCLUDE
997@include c-i386.texi
998@c ended inside the included file
999@end ifset
1000
1001@end ifset
1002
1003@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1004@ifset I960
1005The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1006Intel 80960 processor.
1007
a4fb0134 1008@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1009@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1010Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1011
1012@item -b
1013Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1014
1015@item -no-relax
1016Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1017error if necessary.
1018
1019@end table
1020@end ifset
1021
a40cbfa3
NC
1022@ifset IP2K
1023The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1024Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1025
1026@table @gcctabopt
1027
1028@item -mip2022ext
1029Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1030
1031@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1032Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1033just the basic IP2022 ones.
1034
1035@end table
1036@end ifset
1037
49f58d10
JB
1038@ifset M32C
1039The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1040Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1041
1042@table @gcctabopt
1043
1044@item -m32c
1045Assemble M32C instructions.
1046
1047@item -m16c
1048Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1049
c54b5932
DD
1050@item -relax
1051Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1052
1053@item -h-tick-hex
1054Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1055
49f58d10
JB
1056@end table
1057@end ifset
1058
ec694b89
NC
1059@ifset M32R
1060The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1061Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1062
a4fb0134 1063@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1064
1065@item --m32rx
1066Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1067is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1068
1069@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1070Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1071encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1072
1073@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1074Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1075encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1076
1077@end table
1078@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1079
1080@ifset M680X0
1081The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1082Motorola 68000 series.
1083
a4fb0134 1084@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1085
1086@item -l
1087Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1088
0285c67d
NC
1089@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1090@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1091@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1092Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1093is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1094
1095@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1096The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1097The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1098the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1099two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1100coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1101
1102@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1103The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1104unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1105
1106@end table
1107@end ifset
1108
36591ba1
SL
1109@ifset NIOSII
1110
1111@ifclear man
1112@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1113for an Altera Nios II processor.
1114@end ifclear
1115
1116@ifset man
1117@c man begin OPTIONS
1118The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1119Altera Nios II processor.
1120@c man end
1121@c man begin INCLUDE
1122@include c-nios2.texi
1123@c ended inside the included file
1124@end ifset
1125@end ifset
1126
e135f41b
NC
1127@ifset PDP11
1128
1129For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1130see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1131
a4fb0134 1132@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1133@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1134Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1135default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1136
1137@item -mall
1138@itemx -mall-extensions
1139Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1140
1141@item -mno-extensions
1142Disable all instruction set extensions.
1143
1144@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1145Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1146
1147@item -m@var{cpu}
1148Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1149disable all other extensions.
1150
1151@item -m@var{machine}
1152Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1153model, and disable all other extensions.
1154@end table
1155
1156@end ifset
1157
041dd5a9
ILT
1158@ifset PJ
1159The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1160a picoJava processor.
1161
a4fb0134 1162@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1163
1164@cindex PJ endianness
1165@cindex endianness, PJ
1166@cindex big endian output, PJ
1167@item -mb
1168Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1169
1170@cindex little endian output, PJ
1171@item -ml
1172Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1173
1174@end table
1175@end ifset
1176
60bcf0fa
NC
1177@ifset M68HC11
1178The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1179Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1180
a4fb0134 1181@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1182
6927f982 1183@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1184Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1185defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1186
6927f982
NC
1187@item --xgate-ramoffset
1188Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1189XGATE address space.
1190
2f904664
SC
1191@item -mshort
1192Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1193
1194@item -mlong
01642c12 1195Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1196
1197@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1198Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1199
1200@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1201Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1202
1370e33d 1203@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1204Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1205conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1206sub routine.
1207
1370e33d
NC
1208@item -S | --short-branches
1209Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1210when the offset is out of range.
1211
1212@item --strict-direct-mode
1213Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1214when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1215
1216@item --print-insn-syntax
1217Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1218
1219@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1220Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1221
1222@item --generate-example
6927f982 1223Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1224This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1225
1226@end table
1227@end ifset
1228
252b5132 1229@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1230The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1231for the SPARC architecture:
1232
a4fb0134 1233@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1234@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1235@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1236Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1237
1238@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1239@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1240
1241@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1242UltraSPARC extensions.
1243
1244@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1245For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1246equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1247
1248@item -bump
1249Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1250@end table
1251@end ifset
1252
39bec121
TW
1253@ifset TIC54X
1254The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1255architecture.
39bec121 1256
a4fb0134 1257@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1258@item -mfar-mode
1259Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1260extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1261@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1262Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1263@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1264Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1265behaviour in the shell.
1266@end table
1267@end ifset
1268
252b5132
RH
1269@ifset MIPS
1270The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1271a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1272
a4fb0134 1273@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1274@item -G @var{num}
1275This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1276implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1277use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1278
1279@cindex MIPS endianness
1280@cindex endianness, MIPS
1281@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1282@item -EB
1283Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1284
1285@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1286@item -EL
1287Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1288
1289@cindex MIPS ISA
1290@item -mips1
1291@itemx -mips2
1292@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1293@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1294@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1295@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1296@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1297@itemx -mips32r3
1298@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1299@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1300@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1301@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1302@itemx -mips64r3
1303@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1304@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1305Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1306@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1307alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1308@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1309@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1310@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1311@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1312MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1313Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1314MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1315
98508b2a
RS
1316@item -march=@var{cpu}
1317Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1318
1319@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1320Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1321
1322@item -mfix7000
1323@itemx -mno-fix7000
1324Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1325of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1326
a8d14a88
CM
1327@item -mfix-rm7000
1328@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1329Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1330followed by a load instruction.
1331
ecb4347a
DJ
1332@item -mdebug
1333@itemx -no-mdebug
1334Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1335section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1336
dcd410fe
RO
1337@item -mpdr
1338@itemx -mno-pdr
1339Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1340
437ee9d5
TS
1341@item -mgp32
1342@itemx -mfp32
1343The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1344flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1345all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1346and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1347
351cdf24
MF
1348@item -mgp64
1349@itemx -mfp64
1350The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1351flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1352all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1353and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1354
1355@item -mfpxx
1356The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1357this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1358which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
135932 or 64 bits wide.
1360
1361@item -modd-spreg
1362@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1363Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1364registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1365@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1366
437ee9d5
TS
1367@item -mips16
1368@itemx -no-mips16
1369Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1370@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1371turns off this option.
252b5132 1372
df58fc94
RS
1373@item -mmicromips
1374@itemx -mno-micromips
1375Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1376@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1377turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1378at the start of the assembly file.
1379
e16bfa71
TS
1380@item -msmartmips
1381@itemx -mno-smartmips
1382Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1383equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1384@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1385
1f25f5d3
CD
1386@item -mips3d
1387@itemx -no-mips3d
1388Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1389This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1390@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1391
deec1734
CD
1392@item -mdmx
1393@itemx -no-mdmx
1394Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1395This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1396@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1397
2ef2b9ae
CF
1398@item -mdsp
1399@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1400Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1401This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1402@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1403
8b082fb1
TS
1404@item -mdspr2
1405@itemx -mno-dspr2
1406Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1407This option implies -mdsp.
1408This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1409@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1410
56d438b1
CF
1411@item -mmsa
1412@itemx -mno-msa
1413Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1414This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1415@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1416
7d64c587
AB
1417@item -mxpa
1418@itemx -mno-xpa
1419Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1420This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1421@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1422
ef2e4d86
CF
1423@item -mmt
1424@itemx -mno-mt
1425Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1426This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1427@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1428
dec0624d
MR
1429@item -mmcu
1430@itemx -mno-mcu
1431Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1432This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1433@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1434
833794fc
MR
1435@item -minsn32
1436@itemx -mno-insn32
1437Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1438microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1439instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1440the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1441option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1442start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1443selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1444
437ee9d5
TS
1445@item --construct-floats
1446@itemx --no-construct-floats
1447The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1448double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1449value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1450the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1451selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1452
3bf0dbfb
MR
1453@item --relax-branch
1454@itemx --no-relax-branch
1455The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1456branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1457out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1458
ba92f887
MR
1459@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1460Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1461(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1462
252b5132
RH
1463@cindex emulation
1464@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1465This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1466on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1467removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1468It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1469
1470The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1471@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1472is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1473big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1474preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1475
1476@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1477@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1478the native tools.
1479
252b5132
RH
1480@item --trap
1481@itemx --no-trap
1482@itemx --break
1483@itemx --no-break
1484Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1485@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1486(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1487@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1488break exception.
63486801
L
1489
1490@item -n
a4fb0134 1491When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1492time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1493@end table
1494@end ifset
1495
1496@ifset MCORE
1497The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1498an MCore processor.
1499
a4fb0134 1500@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1501@item -jsri2bsr
1502@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1503Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1504The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1505
1506@item -sifilter
1507@itemx -nosifilter
1508Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1509The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1510
1511@item -relax
1512Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1513
ec694b89
NC
1514@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1515Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1516can be assembled.
1517
1518@item -EB
1519Assemble for a big endian target.
1520
1521@item -EL
1522Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1523
1524@end table
1525@end ifset
a3c62988 1526@c man end
252b5132 1527
a3c62988
NC
1528@ifset METAG
1529
1530@ifclear man
1531@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1532for a Meta processor.
1533@end ifclear
1534
1535@ifset man
1536@c man begin OPTIONS
1537The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1538Meta processor.
1539@c man end
1540@c man begin INCLUDE
1541@include c-metag.texi
1542@c ended inside the included file
1543@end ifset
1544
1545@end ifset
1546
1547@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1548@ifset MMIX
1549See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1550@end ifset
1551
35c08157
KLC
1552@ifset NDS32
1553
1554@ifclear man
1555@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1556for a NDS32 processor.
1557@end ifclear
1558@c ended inside the included file
1559@end ifset
1560
1561@ifset man
1562@c man begin OPTIONS
1563The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1564NDS32 processor.
1565@c man end
1566@c man begin INCLUDE
1567@include c-nds32.texi
1568@c ended inside the included file
1569@end ifset
1570
635fb38d 1571@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1572@ifset PPC
1573
1574@ifclear man
1575@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1576for a PowerPC processor.
1577@end ifclear
1578
1579@ifset man
1580@c man begin OPTIONS
1581The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1582PowerPC processor.
1583@c man end
1584@c man begin INCLUDE
1585@include c-ppc.texi
1586@c ended inside the included file
1587@end ifset
1588
1589@end ifset
1590
635fb38d 1591@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1592@ifset RX
1593See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1594@end ifset
1595
11c19e16
MS
1596@ifset S390
1597The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1598processor family.
1599
1600@table @gcctabopt
1601@item -m31
1602@itemx -m64
1603Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1604@item -mesa
1605@item -mzarch
1606Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1607Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1608@item -march=@var{processor}
1609Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1610@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1611@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1612@item -mregnames
1613@itemx -mno-regnames
1614Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1615@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1616Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1617but evaluates to zero.
1618@end table
1619@end ifset
2a633939 1620@c man end
11c19e16 1621
40b36596 1622@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1623
1624@ifclear man
1625@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1626for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1627@end ifclear
1628
1629@ifset man
1630@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1631The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1632TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1633@c man end
1634@c man begin INCLUDE
1635@include c-tic6x.texi
1636@c ended inside the included file
1637@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1638
1639@end ifset
1640
aa137e4d
NC
1641@ifset TILEGX
1642
1643@ifclear man
1644@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1645for a TILE-Gx processor.
1646@end ifclear
1647
1648@ifset man
1649@c man begin OPTIONS
1650The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1651processor.
1652@c man end
1653@c man begin INCLUDE
1654@include c-tilegx.texi
1655@c ended inside the included file
1656@end ifset
1657
1658@end ifset
1659
b6605ddd
EB
1660@ifset VISIUM
1661
1662@ifclear man
1663@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1664for a Visium processor.
1665@end ifclear
1666
1667@ifset man
1668@c man begin OPTIONS
1669The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1670processor.
1671@c man end
1672@c man begin INCLUDE
1673@include c-visium.texi
1674@c ended inside the included file
1675@end ifset
1676
1677@end ifset
1678
e0001a05 1679@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1680
2d8b84ae
SA
1681@ifclear man
1682@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1683for an Xtensa processor.
1684@end ifclear
1685
1686@ifset man
1687@c man begin OPTIONS
1688The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1689Xtensa processor.
1690@c man end
1691@c man begin INCLUDE
1692@include c-xtensa.texi
1693@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1694@end ifset
1695
2d8b84ae
SA
1696@end ifset
1697
1698@c man begin OPTIONS
1699
3c9b82ba
NC
1700@ifset Z80
1701The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1702a Z80 family processor.
1703@table @gcctabopt
1704@item -z80
1705Assemble for Z80 processor.
1706@item -r800
1707Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1708@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1709@itemx -Wnud
1710Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1711@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1712@itemx -Wnup
1713Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1714@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1715@itemx -Wud
1716Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1717@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1718@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1719Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1720@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1721@itemx -Fud
1722Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1723@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1724@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1725Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1726@end table
1727@end ifset
1728
0285c67d
NC
1729@c man end
1730
252b5132
RH
1731@menu
1732* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1733* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1734* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1735* Command Line:: Command Line
1736* Input Files:: Input Files
1737* Object:: Output (Object) File
1738* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1739@end menu
1740
1741@node Manual
1742@section Structure of this Manual
1743
1744@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1745This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1746@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1747notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1748@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1749
1750@ifclear GENERIC
1751We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1752configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1753@end ifclear
1754@ifset GENERIC
1755This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1756various flavors of the assembler.
1757@end ifset
1758
1759@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1760On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1761to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1762In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1763architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1764mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1765particular architecture.
1766@ifset GENERIC
1767You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1768machine architecture manual for this information.
1769@end ifset
1770@ifclear GENERIC
1771@ifset H8/300
1772For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1773Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1774Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1775@end ifset
252b5132 1776@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1777For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1778see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1779@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1780@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1781@end ifset
1782@ifset Z8000
1783For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1784@end ifset
1785@end ifclear
1786
1787@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1788@ignore
1789Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1790the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1791Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1792computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1793once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1794qualification.
1795
a4fb0134 1796@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1797human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1798computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1799@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1800@end ignore
1801
1802@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1803@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1804@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1805@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1806@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1807@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1808@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1809@c directives).
1810
1811@node GNU Assembler
1812@section The GNU Assembler
1813
0285c67d
NC
1814@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1815
a4fb0134 1816@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1817@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1818This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1819configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1820@end ifclear
1821If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1822should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1823architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1824including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1825@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1826
1827@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1828@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1829@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1830@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1831assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1832machine would assemble.
1833@ifset VAX
1834Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1835@end ifset
1836@ifset M680X0
1837@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1838@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1839This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1840assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1841incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1842@end ifset
1843
0285c67d
NC
1844@c man end
1845
a4fb0134 1846Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1847program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1848@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1849
1850@node Object Formats
1851@section Object File Formats
1852
1853@cindex object file format
1854The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1855object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1856write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1857are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1858Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1859@ifclear GENERIC
1860@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1861For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1862@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1863@end ifclear
1864@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1865@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1866On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1867@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1868@end ifset
1869@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1870On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1871SOM or ELF format object files.
1872@end ifset
1873@end ifclear
1874
1875@node Command Line
1876@section Command Line
1877
1878@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1879
a4fb0134 1880After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1881options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1882before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1883significant.
1884
1885@cindex standard input, as input file
1886@kindex --
1887@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1888explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1889
1890@cindex options, command line
1891Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1892hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1893@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1894option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1895the letter is important. All options are optional.
1896
1897Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1898name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1899with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1900standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1901
1902@smallexample
1903@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1904@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1905@end smallexample
1906
1907@node Input Files
1908@section Input Files
1909
1910@cindex input
1911@cindex source program
1912@cindex files, input
1913We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1914describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1915be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1916doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1917
1918@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1919@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1920The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1921order specified.
1922
0285c67d 1923@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1924Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1925program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1926(The standard input is also a file.)
1927
a4fb0134 1928You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1929names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1930command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1931is taken to be an input file name.
1932
a4fb0134
SC
1933If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1934from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1935may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1936to assemble.
1937
1938Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1939in your command line.
1940
a4fb0134 1941If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1942file.
1943
0285c67d
NC
1944@c man end
1945
252b5132
RH
1946@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1947
1948@cindex input file linenumbers
1949@cindex line numbers, in input files
1950There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1951either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1952number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1953``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1954
1955@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1956to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1957
1958@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1959directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1960error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1961is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1962@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1963@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1964
1965@node Object
1966@section Output (Object) File
1967
1968@cindex object file
1969@cindex output file
1970@kindex a.out
1971@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1972Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1973your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1974is the object file. Its default name is
1975@ifclear BOUT
1976@code{a.out}.
1977@end ifclear
1978@ifset BOUT
1979@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1980@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1981@end ifset
a4fb0134 1982@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1983@end ifset
a4fb0134 1984You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1985object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1986reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1987directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1988possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1989
1990@cindex linker
1991@kindex ld
1992The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1993assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1994the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1995information for the debugger.
1996
1997@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1998@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1999
2000@node Errors
2001@section Error and Warning Messages
2002
0285c67d
NC
2003@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2004
a349d9dd 2005@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2006@cindex warning messages
2007@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2008@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2009file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2010runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2011that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2012grave problem that stops the assembly.
2013
0285c67d
NC
2014@c man end
2015
252b5132
RH
2016@cindex format of warning messages
2017Warning messages have the format
2018
2019@smallexample
2020file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2021@end smallexample
2022
2023@noindent
2024@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
2025(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
2026(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
2027the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
2028@ifset GENERIC
2029(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2030@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2031then it is used to calculate the number printed,
2032otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
2033message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
2034tradition).
2035
2036@cindex format of error messages
2037Error messages have the format
2038@smallexample
2039file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2040@end smallexample
2041The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2042messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2043because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2044
2045@node Invoking
2046@chapter Command-Line Options
2047
2048@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2049This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2050versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2051for options specific
252b5132 2052@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2053to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2054@end ifclear
2055@ifset GENERIC
2056to particular machine architectures.
2057@end ifset
2058
0285c67d
NC
2059@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2060
c1253627 2061If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2062you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2063The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2064by commas. For example:
2065
2066@smallexample
2067gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2068@end smallexample
2069
2070@noindent
2071This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2072standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2073local symbols in the symbol table).
2074
2075Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2076command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2077(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2078precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2079assembler.)
2080
0285c67d
NC
2081@c man end
2082
252b5132 2083@menu
83f10cb2 2084* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2085* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2086* D:: -D for compatibility
2087* f:: -f to work faster
2088* I:: -I for .include search path
2089@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2090* K:: -K for compatibility
2091@end ifclear
2092@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2093* K:: -K for difference tables
2094@end ifset
2095
ba83aca1 2096* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2097* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2098* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2099* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2100* o:: -o to name the object file
2101* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2102* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2103* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2104* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2105* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2106* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2107@end menu
2108
2109@node a
83f10cb2 2110@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2111
2112@kindex -a
2113@kindex -ac
2114@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2115@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2116@kindex -ah
2117@kindex -al
2118@kindex -an
2119@kindex -as
2120@cindex listings, enabling
2121@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2122
2123These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2124@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2125You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2126@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2127@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2128@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2129High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2130@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2131also.
2132
83f10cb2
NC
2133Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2134information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2135
252b5132
RH
2136Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2137which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2138other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2139omitted from the listing.
2140
2141Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2142listing.
2143
2144Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2145listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2146@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2147@code{.sbttl}.
2148The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2149If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2150listing-control directives have no effect.
2151
2152The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2153@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2154
96e9638b
BW
2155Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2156because it
c3a27914
NC
2157is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2158is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2159directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2160stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2161memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2162
caa32fe5
NC
2163@node alternate
2164@section @option{--alternate}
2165
2166@kindex --alternate
2167Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2168
252b5132 2169@node D
a4fb0134 2170@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2171
2172@kindex -D
2173This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2174likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2175@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2176
2177@node f
a4fb0134 2178@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2179
2180@kindex -f
2181@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2182@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2183@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2184(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2185and comment preprocessing on
2186the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2187,Preprocessing}.
2188
2189@quotation
2190@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2191preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2192not work correctly.
2193@end quotation
2194
2195@node I
c1253627 2196@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2197
2198@kindex -I @var{path}
2199@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2200@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2201@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2202Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2203@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2204directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2205many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2206working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2207searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2208specified (left to right) on the command line.
2209
2210@node K
a4fb0134 2211@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2212
2213@kindex -K
2214@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2215On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2216permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2217where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2218generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2219family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2220alteration on other platforms.
2221@end ifclear
2222
2223@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2224@cindex difference tables, warning
2225@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2226@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2227form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2228You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2229is done.
2230@end ifset
2231
2232@node L
ba83aca1 2233@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2234
2235@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2236@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2237Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2238@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2239called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2240such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2241programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2242notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2243such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2244
2245This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2246in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2247@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2248
c3a27914 2249@node listing
a4fb0134 2250@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2251
2252The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2253@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2254hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2255them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2256directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2257@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2258@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2259@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2260
a4fb0134 2261@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2262@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2263@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2264@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2265Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2266dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2267
2268@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2269@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2270@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2271Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2272a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2273the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2274switch is used the default is to one.
2275
2276@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2277@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2278@cindex Width of source line output
2279Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2280alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2281source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2282
2283@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2284@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2285@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2286Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2287displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2288@end table
2289
252b5132 2290@node M
a4fb0134 2291@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2292
2293@kindex -M
2294@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2295The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2296changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2297compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2298configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2299MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2300information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2301arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2302assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2303
2304The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2305depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2306file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2307individually. These are:
2308
2309@itemize @bullet
2310@item global symbols in common section
2311
2312The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2313Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2314common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2315symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2316symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2317
2318@item complex relocations
2319
2320The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2321relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2322are not support by other object file formats.
2323
2324@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2325
2326The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2327This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2328instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2329script.
2330
2331@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2332
2333The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2334name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2335
2336@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2337
2338The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2339address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2340which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2341not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2342assigned within a linker script.
2343@end itemize
2344
2345There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2346@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2347seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2348
2349@itemize @bullet
2350
2351@item EBCDIC strings
2352
2353EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2354
2355@item packed binary coded decimal
2356
2357Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2358and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2359
2360@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2361
2362The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2363
2364@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2365
2366The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2367
2368@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2369
2370The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2371@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2372relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2373these options serve no purpose.
2374
2375@item @code{OPT} list control options
2376
2377The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2378@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2379@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2380
2381@item other @code{OPT} options
2382
2383The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2384@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2385
2386@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2387
2388The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2389@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2390
2391@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2392
2393The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2394
2395@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2396
2397The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2398
2399@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2400
2401The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2402
2403@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2404
2405The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2406
2407@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2408
2409The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2410
2411@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2412
2413The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2414
2415@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2416
2417The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2418
2419@end itemize
2420
2421@node MD
c1253627 2422@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2423
2424@kindex --MD
2425@cindex dependency tracking
2426@cindex make rules
2427
a4fb0134 2428@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2429file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2430dependencies of the main source file.
2431
2432The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2433
2434This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2435
2436@node o
a4fb0134 2437@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2438
2439@kindex -o
2440@cindex naming object file
2441@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2442There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2443default it has the name
2444@ifset GENERIC
2445@ifset I960
2446@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2447@end ifset
2448@ifclear I960
2449@file{a.out}.
2450@end ifclear
2451@end ifset
2452@ifclear GENERIC
2453@ifset I960
2454@file{b.out}.
2455@end ifset
2456@ifclear I960
2457@file{a.out}.
2458@end ifclear
2459@end ifclear
2460You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2461object file a different name.
2462
a4fb0134 2463Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2464existing file of the same name.
2465
2466@node R
a4fb0134 2467@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2468
2469@kindex -R
2470@cindex data and text sections, joining
2471@cindex text and data sections, joining
2472@cindex joining text and data sections
2473@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2474@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2475data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2476the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2477section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2478your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2479appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2480
a4fb0134 2481When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2482address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2483data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2484older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2485
c1253627
NC
2486@ifset COFF-ELF
2487When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2488this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2489@samp{.data}.
2490@end ifset
2491
2492@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2493@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2494@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2495@end ifset
2496
2497@node statistics
a4fb0134 2498@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2499
2500@kindex --statistics
2501@cindex statistics, about assembly
2502@cindex time, total for assembly
2503@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2504Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2505@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2506(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2507seconds).
2508
2509@node traditional-format
c1253627 2510@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2511
2512@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2513For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2514from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2515@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2516
2517For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2518@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2519
2520@node v
a4fb0134 2521@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2522
2523@kindex -v
2524@kindex -version
2525@cindex assembler version
2526@cindex version of assembler
2527You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2528option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2529command line.
2530
2531@node W
a4fb0134 2532@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2533
a4fb0134 2534@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2535assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2536cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2537made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2538
c1253627
NC
2539@kindex -W
2540@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2541@cindex suppressing warnings
2542@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2543If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2544This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2545how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2546are still reported.
2547
c1253627 2548@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2549@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2550@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2551If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2552files that generate warnings to be in error.
2553
c1253627 2554@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2555@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2556You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2557causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2558
2559@node Z
a4fb0134 2560@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2561@cindex object file, after errors
2562@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2563After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2564some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2565@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2566option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2567writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2568errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2569
2570@node Syntax
2571@chapter Syntax
2572
2573@cindex machine-independent syntax
2574@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2575This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2576source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2577assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2578@ifclear VAX
2579assembler.
2580@end ifclear
2581@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2582assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2583@end ifset
2584
2585@menu
7c31ae13 2586* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2587* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2588* Comments:: Comments
2589* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2590* Statements:: Statements
2591* Constants:: Constants
2592@end menu
2593
2594@node Preprocessing
2595@section Preprocessing
2596
2597@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2598The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2599@itemize @bullet
2600@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2601@item
2602adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2603the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2604a single space.
2605
2606@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2607@item
2608removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2609appropriate number of newlines.
2610
2611@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2612@item
2613converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2614@end itemize
2615
2616It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2617anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2618do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2619(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2620to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2621@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2622Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2623
2624Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2625cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2626preprocessed.
2627
2628@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2629@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2630@kindex #NO_APP
2631@kindex #APP
2632If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2633@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2634Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2635specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2636text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2637@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2638@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2639and whitespace.
2640
2641@node Whitespace
2642@section Whitespace
2643
2644@cindex whitespace
2645@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2646Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2647people to read. Unless within character constants
2648(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2649as exactly one space.
2650
2651@node Comments
2652@section Comments
2653
2654@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2655There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2656cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2657
2658Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2659This means you may not nest these comments.
2660
2661@smallexample
2662/*
2663 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2664 is to use this sort of comment.
2665*/
2666
2667/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2668@end smallexample
2669
2670@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2671Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2672considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2673specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2674line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2675line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2676comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2677upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2678@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2679
2680If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2681special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2682to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2683
2684@kindex #
2685@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2686@cindex logical line numbers
2687To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2688special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2689expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2690line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2691new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2692
2693If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2694the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2695
2696@smallexample
2697 # This is an ordinary comment.
2698# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2699 # This is logical line # 36.
2700@end smallexample
2701This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2702of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2703
2704@node Symbol Intro
2705@section Symbols
2706
2707@cindex characters used in symbols
2708@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2709A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2710letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2711@samp{_.$}.
2712@end ifclear
2713@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2714@ifclear GENERIC
2715@ifset H8
2716A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2717letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2718@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2719symbol names.)
2720@end ifset
2721@end ifclear
2722@end ifset
2723@ifset GENERIC
2724On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2725are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2726@end ifset
2727No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2728There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2729are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2730beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2731of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2732@cindex length of symbols
2733
2734@node Statements
2735@section Statements
2736
2737@cindex statements, structure of
2738@cindex line separator character
2739@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2740
2741A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2742@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2743specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2744target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2745The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2746preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2747exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2748
2749@cindex newline, required at file end
2750@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2751It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2752character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2753
2754An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2755
2756@cindex instructions and directives
2757@cindex directives and instructions
2758@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2759@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2760@c 13feb91.
2761A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2762key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2763symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2764symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2765directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2766a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2767assembles into a machine language instruction.
2768@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2769Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2770recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2771represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2772language.@refill
2773@end ifset
2774
2775@cindex @code{:} (label)
2776@cindex label (@code{:})
2777A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2778Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2779have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2780
2781@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2782For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2783the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2784only one label may be defined on each line.
2785@end ifset
2786
2787@smallexample
2788label: .directive followed by something
2789another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2790 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2791@end smallexample
2792
2793@node Constants
2794@section Constants
2795
2796@cindex constants
2797A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2798inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2799@smallexample
2800@group
2801.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2802.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2803.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2804.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
280595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2806@end group
2807@end smallexample
2808
2809@menu
2810* Characters:: Character Constants
2811* Numbers:: Number Constants
2812@end menu
2813
2814@node Characters
2815@subsection Character Constants
2816
2817@cindex character constants
2818@cindex constants, character
2819There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2820for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2821numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2822@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2823used in arithmetic expressions.
2824
2825@menu
2826* Strings:: Strings
2827* Chars:: Characters
2828@end menu
2829
2830@node Strings
2831@subsubsection Strings
2832
2833@cindex string constants
2834@cindex constants, string
2835A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2836double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2837into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2838a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2839one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2840@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2841(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2842escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2843
2844@cindex escape codes, character
2845@cindex character escape codes
2846@table @kbd
2847@c @item \a
2848@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2849@c
2850@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2851@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2852@item \b
2853Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2854
2855@c @item \e
2856@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2857@c
2858@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2859@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2860@item \f
2861Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2862
2863@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2864@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2865@item \n
2866Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2867
2868@c @item \p
2869@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2870@c
2871@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2872@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2873@item \r
2874Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2875
2876@c @item \s
2877@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2878@c other assemblers.
2879@c
2880@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2881@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2882@item \t
2883Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2884
2885@c @item \v
2886@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2887@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2888@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2889@c
2890@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2891@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2892@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2893An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2894For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2895for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2896
2897@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2898@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2899@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2900A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2901lower case @code{x} works.
2902
2903@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2904@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2905@item \\
2906Represents one @samp{\} character.
2907
2908@c @item \'
2909@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2910@c This is needed in single character literals
2911@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2912@c a @samp{'}.
2913@c
2914@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2915@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2916@item \"
2917Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2918this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2919
2920@item \ @var{anything-else}
2921Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2922assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2923you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2924interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2925other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2926code and warns you of the fact.
2927@end table
2928
2929Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2930varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2931the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2932compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2933sequence.
2934
2935@node Chars
2936@subsubsection Characters
2937
2938@cindex single character constant
2939@cindex character, single
2940@cindex constant, single character
2941A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2942followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2943to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2944must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2945@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2946grave accent. A newline
2947@ifclear GENERIC
2948@ifclear abnormal-separator
2949(or semicolon @samp{;})
2950@end ifclear
2951@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2952@ifset H8
2953(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2954Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2955@end ifset
2956@end ifset
2957@end ifclear
2958immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2959and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2960constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2961that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2962@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2963
2964@node Numbers
2965@subsection Number Constants
2966
2967@cindex constants, number
2968@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2969@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2970are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2971would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2972integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2973are floating point numbers, described below.
2974
2975@menu
2976* Integers:: Integers
2977* Bignums:: Bignums
2978* Flonums:: Flonums
2979@ifclear GENERIC
2980@ifset I960
2981* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2982@end ifset
2983@end ifclear
2984@end menu
2985
2986@node Integers
2987@subsubsection Integers
2988@cindex integers
2989@cindex constants, integer
2990
2991@cindex binary integers
2992@cindex integers, binary
2993A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2994the binary digits @samp{01}.
2995
2996@cindex octal integers
2997@cindex integers, octal
2998An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2999digits (@samp{01234567}).
3000
3001@cindex decimal integers
3002@cindex integers, decimal
3003A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3004more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3005
3006@cindex hexadecimal integers
3007@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3008A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3009more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3010
3011Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3012the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3013(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3014
3015@node Bignums
3016@subsubsection Bignums
3017
3018@cindex bignums
3019@cindex constants, bignum
3020A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3021except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3022represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3023integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3024
3025@node Flonums
3026@subsubsection Flonums
3027@cindex flonums
3028@cindex floating point numbers
3029@cindex constants, floating point
3030
3031@cindex precision, floating point
3032A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3033indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3034@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3035sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3036to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3037portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3038
3039A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3040@itemize @bullet
3041@item
3042The digit @samp{0}.
3043@ifset HPPA
3044(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3045@end ifset
3046
3047@item
a4fb0134 3048A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3049@ifset GENERIC
3050@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3051@ignore
3052@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3053(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30544.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3055@end ignore
3056
7be1c489 3057On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3058and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3059one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3060
3061On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3062(in upper or lower case).
3063
3064On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3065one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3066
3067On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3068@end ifset
3069@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3070@ifset ARC
3071One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3072@end ifset
3073@ifset H8
3074One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3075@end ifset
3076@ifset HPPA
3077The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3078@end ifset
3079@ifset I960
3080One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3081@end ifset
3082@end ifclear
3083
3084@item
3085An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3086
3087@item
3088An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3089
3090@item
3091An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3092or more decimal digits.
3093
3094@item
3095An optional exponent, consisting of:
3096
3097@itemize @bullet
3098@item
3099An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3100@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3101@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3102@item
3103Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3104@item
3105One or more decimal digits.
3106@end itemize
3107
3108@end itemize
3109
3110At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3111present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3112
a4fb0134 3113@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3114independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3115@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3116
3117@ifclear GENERIC
3118@ifset I960
3119@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3120@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3121@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3122@node Bit Fields
3123@subsubsection Bit Fields
3124
3125@cindex bit fields
3126@cindex constants, bit field
3127You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3128Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3129@example
3130@var{mask}:@var{value}
3131@end example
3132@noindent
a4fb0134 3133@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3134@var{value}.
3135
3136The resulting number is then packed
3137@ifset GENERIC
3138@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3139(in host-dependent byte order)
3140@end ifset
3141into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3142bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3143requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3144more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3145least significant digits.@refill
3146
3147The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3148@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3149@end ifset
3150@end ifclear
3151
3152@node Sections
3153@chapter Sections and Relocation
3154@cindex sections
3155@cindex relocation
3156
3157@menu
3158* Secs Background:: Background
3159* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3160* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3161* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3162* bss:: bss Section
3163@end menu
3164
3165@node Secs Background
3166@section Background
3167
3168Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3169``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3170For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3171
3172@cindex linker, and assembler
3173@cindex assembler, and linker
3174The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3175combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3176emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3177@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3178different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3179oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3180sections.
3181
3182@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3183addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3184units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3185within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3186run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3187the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3188the proper run-time addresses.
3189@ifset H8
7be1c489 3190For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3191@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3192ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3193@end ifset
3194
3195@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3196An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3197of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3198@dfn{bss} sections.
3199
c1253627 3200@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3201@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3202When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3203@end ifset
a4fb0134 3204@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3205using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3206If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3207or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3208@end ifset
3209
3210@ifset HPPA
3211@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3212When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3213@end ifset
a4fb0134 3214@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3215specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3216@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3217(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3218assembler directives.
3219
3220@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3221Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3222text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3223is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3224BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3225@end ifset
3226@end ifset
3227
3228Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3229data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3230
3231@ifset HPPA
3232When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3233section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3234@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3235@end ifset
3236
3237To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3238relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3239object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3240@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3241file is mentioned:
3242@itemize @bullet
3243@item
3244Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3245an address?
3246@item
3247How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3248@item
3249Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3250@display
3251(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3252@end display
3253@item
3254Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3255@end itemize
3256
3257@cindex addresses, format of
3258@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3259In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3260@display
3261(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3262@end display
3263@noindent
a4fb0134 3264Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3265nature.
3266@ifset SOM
3267(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3268symbol-relative instead.)
3269@end ifset
3270
3271In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3272@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3273
3274Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3275@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3276addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3277@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3278@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3279data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3280their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3281part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3282address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3283
3284The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3285address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3286rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3287Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3288address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3289common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3290time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3291
3292By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3293the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3294sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3295customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3296the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3297data and bss sections.
3298
3299Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3300use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3301
3302@node Ld Sections
3303@section Linker Sections
3304@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3305
3306@table @strong
3307
c1253627 3308@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3309@cindex named sections
3310@cindex sections, named
3311@item named sections
3312@end ifset
3313@ifset aout-bout
3314@cindex text section
3315@cindex data section
3316@itemx text section
3317@itemx data section
3318@end ifset
a4fb0134 3319These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3320separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3321true of another.
3322@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3323When the program is running, however, it is
3324customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3325text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3326instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3327program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3328in the data section.
c1253627 3329@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3330
3331@cindex bss section
3332@item bss section
3333This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3334is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3335each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3336out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3337bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3338those explicit zeros from object files.
3339
3340@cindex absolute section
3341@item absolute section
3342Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3343This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3344not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3345addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3346
3347@cindex undefined section
3348@item undefined section
3349This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3350the preceding sections.
3351@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3352@end table
3353
3354@cindex relocation example
3355An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3356@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3357The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3358@end ifset
3359Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3360
3361@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3362@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3363@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3364@smallexample
3365 +-----+----+--+
3366partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3367 +-----+----+--+
3368
3369 text data bss
3370 seg. seg. seg.
3371
3372 +---+---+---+
3373partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3374 +---+---+---+
3375
3376 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3377linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3378 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3379
3380 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3381@end smallexample
3382@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3383@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3384@need 5000
3385@tex
c1253627 3386\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3387\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3388\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3389\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3390
3391\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3392\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3393\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3394
3395\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3396\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3397\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3398ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3399DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3400
3401\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3402\line{0\dots\hfil}
3403
3404@end tex
3405@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3406
3407@node As Sections
3408@section Assembler Internal Sections
3409
3410@cindex internal assembler sections
3411@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3412These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3413have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3414sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3415warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3416meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3417value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3418section-relative address.
3419
3420@table @b
3421@cindex assembler internal logic error
3422@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3423An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3424bug in the assembler.
3425
3426@cindex expr (internal section)
3427@item expr section
3428The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3429symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3430it in the expr section.
3431@c FIXME item debug
3432@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3433@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3434@c FIXME item register
3435@end table
3436
3437@node Sub-Sections
3438@section Sub-Sections
3439
3440@cindex numbered subsections
3441@cindex grouping data
3442@ifset aout-bout
3443Assembled bytes
c1253627 3444@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3445conventionally
3446@end ifset
3447fall into two sections: text and data.
3448@end ifset
3449You may have separate groups of
3450@ifset GENERIC
3451data in named sections
3452@end ifset
3453@ifclear GENERIC
3454@ifclear aout-bout
3455data in named sections
3456@end ifclear
3457@ifset aout-bout
3458text or data
3459@end ifset
3460@end ifclear
3461that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3462are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3463use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3464numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3465same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3466subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3467section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3468assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3469section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3470constants being output.
3471
3472Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3473goes in subsection number zero.
3474
3475@ifset GENERIC
3476Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3477(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3478of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3479@end ifset
3480@ifclear GENERIC
3481@ifset H8
7be1c489 3482On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3483boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3484The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3485@end ifset
3486@ifset I960
3487@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3488@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3489@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3490@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3491@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3492@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3493@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3494@end ifclear
3495
3496Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3497to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3498The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3499other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3500They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3501data subsections as a data section.
3502
3503To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3504into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3505@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3506@ifset COFF
252b5132 3507@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3508When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3509@end ifset
3510@ifclear GENERIC
3511You
3512@end ifclear
3513can also use an extra subsection
3514argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3515@var{expression}}.
3516@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3517@ifset ELF
3518@ifset GENERIC
3519When generating ELF output, you
3520@end ifset
3521@ifclear GENERIC
3522You
3523@end ifclear
3524can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3525to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3526@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3527@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3528(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3529is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3530begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3531@smallexample
3532.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3533.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3534.text 1
3535.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3536.data 0
3537.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3538.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3539.text 0
3540.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3541.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3542@end smallexample
3543
3544Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3545assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3546restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3547counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3548@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3549current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3550assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3551
3552@node bss
3553@section bss Section
3554
3555@cindex bss section
3556@cindex common variable storage
3557The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3558You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3559not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3560your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3561section are zeroed bytes.
3562
3563The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3564@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3565
3566The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3567another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3568
3569@ifset GENERIC
3570When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3571COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3572see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3573section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3574@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3575@end ifset
3576
3577@node Symbols
3578@chapter Symbols
3579
3580@cindex symbols
3581Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3582things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3583to debug.
3584
3585@quotation
3586@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3587@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3588the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3589@end quotation
3590
3591@menu
3592* Labels:: Labels
3593* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3594* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3595* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3596* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3597@end menu
3598
3599@node Labels
3600@section Labels
3601
3602@cindex labels
3603A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3604@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3605active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3606operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3607different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3608definitions.
3609
3610@ifset HPPA
3611On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3612colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3613a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3614provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3615@end ifset
3616
3617@node Setting Symbols
3618@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3619
3620@cindex assigning values to symbols
3621@cindex symbol values, assigning
3622A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3623by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3624(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3625directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3626equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3627@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3628
f8739b83
JZ
3629@ifset Blackfin
3630Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3631@end ifset
3632
252b5132
RH
3633@node Symbol Names
3634@section Symbol Names
3635
3636@cindex symbol names
3637@cindex names, symbol
3638@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3639Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3640machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3641noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3642string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3643particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3644@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3645@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3646@ifset H8
3647Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3648Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3649character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3650on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3651@end ifset
3652@end ifset
3653
3654Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3655than @code{Foo}.
3656
ed1fcdd1
NC
3657Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3658Local Labels. See below.
3659
7bfd842d
NC
3660Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3661multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3662@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3663currently supported.
3664
252b5132
RH
3665Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3666refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3667in a program.
3668
3669@subheading Local Symbol Names
3670
3671@cindex local symbol names
3672@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3673A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3674By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3675@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3676set of local label prefixes.
3677@ifset HPPA
3678On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3679@end ifset
3680
3681Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3682normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3683You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3684to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3685
3686@subheading Local Labels
3687
3688@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3689@cindex temporary symbol names
3690@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3691Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3692programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3693be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3694referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
3695the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any positive integer). To refer
3696to the most recent previous definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using
3697the same number as when you defined the label. To refer to the next definition
3698of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards''
3699and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3700
3701There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3702too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3703the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3704defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3705definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3706noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3707implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3708
3709Here is an example:
3710
3711@smallexample
37121: branch 1f
37132: branch 1b
37141: branch 2f
37152: branch 1b
3716@end smallexample
3717
3718Which is the equivalent of:
3719
3720@smallexample
3721label_1: branch label_3
3722label_2: branch label_1
3723label_3: branch label_4
3724label_4: branch label_3
3725@end smallexample
3726
ba83aca1 3727Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3728transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3729The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3730are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3731these parts:
252b5132
RH
3732
3733@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3734@item @emph{local label prefix}
3735All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3736Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3737that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3738used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3739@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3740object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3741you may use them in debugging.
3742
2d5aaba0
NC
3743@item @var{number}
3744This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3745label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3746
2d5aaba0
NC
3747@item @kbd{C-B}
3748This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3749of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3750
3751@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3752This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3753@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3754number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3755the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3756@end table
3757
ba83aca1
BW
3758So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3759the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3760
3761@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3762@cindex dollar local symbols
3763
ed1fcdd1
NC
3764On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3765local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3766become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3767valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3768by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3769by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3770
3771Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3772except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3773@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3774
3775They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3776names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3777to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3778@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3779
3780@node Dot
3781@section The Special Dot Symbol
3782
3783@cindex dot (symbol)
3784@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3785@cindex current address
3786@cindex location counter
3787The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3788@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3789.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3790Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3791directive.
252b5132 3792@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3793Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3794@samp{.space 4}.
3795@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3796
3797@node Symbol Attributes
3798@section Symbol Attributes
3799
3800@cindex symbol attributes
3801@cindex attributes, symbol
3802Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3803``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3804attributes.
3805@ifset INTERNALS
3806The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3807@end ifset
3808
a4fb0134 3809If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3810all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3811symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3812would want.
3813
3814@menu
3815* Symbol Value:: Value
3816* Symbol Type:: Type
3817@ifset aout-bout
3818@ifset GENERIC
3819* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3820@end ifset
3821@ifclear GENERIC
3822@ifclear BOUT
3823* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3824@end ifclear
3825@ifset BOUT
3826* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3827@end ifset
3828@end ifclear
3829@end ifset
3830@ifset COFF
3831* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3832@end ifset
3833@ifset SOM
3834* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3835@end ifset
3836@end menu
3837
3838@node Symbol Value
3839@subsection Value
3840
3841@cindex value of a symbol
3842@cindex symbol value
3843The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3844location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3845number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3846Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3847as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3848symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3849called absolute.
3850
3851The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38520 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3853@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3854same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3855name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3856common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3857bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3858allocated storage.
3859
3860@node Symbol Type
3861@subsection Type
3862
3863@cindex type of a symbol
3864@cindex symbol type
3865The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3866information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3867(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3868format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3869
3870@ifset aout-bout
3871@ifclear GENERIC
3872@ifset BOUT
3873@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3874@c better if it were available outside examples.
3875@need 1000
3876@node a.out Symbols
3877@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3878
3879@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3880@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3881These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3882one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3883@code{b.out}.
3884
3885@end ifset
3886@ifclear BOUT
3887@node a.out Symbols
3888@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3889
3890@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3891@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3892
3893@end ifclear
3894@end ifclear
3895@ifset GENERIC
3896@node a.out Symbols
3897@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3898
3899@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3900@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3901
3902@end ifset
3903@menu
3904* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3905* Symbol Other:: Other
3906@end menu
3907
3908@node Symbol Desc
3909@subsubsection Descriptor
3910
3911@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3912This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3913descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3914(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3915@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3916
3917@node Symbol Other
3918@subsubsection Other
3919
3920@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3921This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3922@end ifset
3923
3924@ifset COFF
3925@node COFF Symbols
3926@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3927
3928@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3929@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3930
3931The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3932like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3933@code{.endef} directives.
3934
3935@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3936
3937@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3938The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3939respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3940
3941@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3942
3943@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3944The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3945@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3946table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3947@end ifset
3948
3949@ifset SOM
3950@node SOM Symbols
3951@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3952
3953@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3954@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3955
3956The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3957the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3958
01642c12 3959The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3960Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3961@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3962@end ifset
3963
3964@node Expressions
3965@chapter Expressions
3966
3967@cindex expressions
3968@cindex addresses
3969@cindex numeric values
3970An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3971Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3972
3973The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3974a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3975enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3976section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3977the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3978@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3979
3980@menu
3981* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3982* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3983@end menu
3984
3985@node Empty Exprs
3986@section Empty Expressions
3987
3988@cindex empty expressions
3989@cindex expressions, empty
3990An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3991Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3992expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3993is compatible with other assemblers.
3994
3995@node Integer Exprs
3996@section Integer Expressions
3997
3998@cindex integer expressions
3999@cindex expressions, integer
4000An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4001by @emph{operators}.
4002
4003@menu
4004* Arguments:: Arguments
4005* Operators:: Operators
4006* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4007* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4008@end menu
4009
4010@node Arguments
4011@subsection Arguments
4012
4013@cindex expression arguments
4014@cindex arguments in expressions
4015@cindex operands in expressions
4016@cindex arithmetic operands
4017@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4018contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4019this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4020the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4021expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4022instruction operands.
4023
4024Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4025@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4026or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4027integer.
4028
4029Numbers are usually integers.
4030
4031A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4032that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4033these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4034instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4035assemblers.
4036
4037@cindex subexpressions
4038Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4039expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4040operator followed by an argument.
4041
4042@node Operators
4043@subsection Operators
4044
4045@cindex operators, in expressions
4046@cindex arithmetic functions
4047@cindex functions, in expressions
4048@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4049operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4050between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4051whitespace.
4052
4053@node Prefix Ops
4054@subsection Prefix Operator
4055
4056@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4057@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4058one argument, which must be absolute.
4059
4060@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4061@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4062@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4063@tex
4064\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4065@end tex
4066
4067@table @code
4068@item -
4069@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4070@item ~
4071@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4072@end table
4073
4074@tex
4075\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4076@end tex
4077
4078@node Infix Ops
4079@subsection Infix Operators
4080
4081@cindex infix operators
4082@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4083@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4084have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4085to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4086absolute, and the result is absolute.
4087
4088@enumerate
4089@cindex operator precedence
4090@cindex precedence of operators
4091
4092@item
4093Highest Precedence
4094
4095@table @code
4096@item *
4097@dfn{Multiplication}.
4098
4099@item /
4100@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4101
4102@item %
4103@dfn{Remainder}.
4104
d1eac9d9 4105@item <<
252b5132
RH
4106@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4107
d1eac9d9 4108@item >>
252b5132
RH
4109@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4110@end table
4111
4112@item
4113Intermediate precedence
4114
4115@table @code
4116@item |
4117
4118@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4119
4120@item &
4121@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4122
4123@item ^
4124@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4125
4126@item !
4127@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4128@end table
4129
4130@item
b131d4dc 4131Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4132
4133@table @code
4134@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4135@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4136@cindex arguments for addition
4137@item +
4138@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4139the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4140sections.
4141
4142@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4143@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4144@cindex arguments for subtraction
4145@item -
4146@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4147result has the section of the left argument.
4148If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4149You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4150@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4151
4152@cindex comparison expressions
4153@cindex expressions, comparison
4154@item ==
4155@dfn{Is Equal To}
4156@item <>
723a8472 4157@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4158@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4159@item <
4160@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4161@item >
b131d4dc 4162@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4163@item >=
b131d4dc 4164@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4165@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4166@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4167
4168The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4169value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4170perform signed comparisons.
4171@end table
4172
4173@item Lowest Precedence
4174
4175@table @code
4176@item &&
4177@dfn{Logical And}.
4178
4179@item ||
4180@dfn{Logical Or}.
4181
4182These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4183expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4184value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4185or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4186
252b5132
RH
4187@end table
4188@end enumerate
4189
4190In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4191address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4192
4193@node Pseudo Ops
4194@chapter Assembler Directives
4195
4196@cindex directives, machine independent
4197@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4198@cindex machine independent directives
4199All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4200The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4201
4202This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4203target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4204@ifset GENERIC
4205Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4206@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4207@end ifset
4208@ifclear GENERIC
4209@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4210@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4211@end ifset
4212@end ifclear
4213
4214@menu
4215* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4216@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4217* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4218@end ifset
f0dc282c 4219
252b5132 4220* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4221* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4222* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4223* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4224* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4225* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4226* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4227* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4228* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4229* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4230@ifset COFF
4231* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4232@end ifset
4233@ifset aout-bout
4234* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4235@end ifset
4236@ifset COFF
4237* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4238@end ifset
f0dc282c 4239
252b5132
RH
4240* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4241* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4242* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4243* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4244* End:: @code{.end}
4245@ifset COFF
4246* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4247@end ifset
f0dc282c 4248
252b5132
RH
4249* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4250* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4251* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4252* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4253* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4254* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4255* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4256* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4257* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4258* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4259* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4260* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4261* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4262* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4263* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4264@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4265* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4266* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4267@end ifset
f0dc282c 4268
252b5132
RH
4269* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4270* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4271* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4272* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4273* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4274* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4275@ifset ELF
4276* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4277@end ifset
f0dc282c 4278
252b5132
RH
4279* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4280* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4281* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4282* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4283@ifclear no-line-dir
4284* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4285@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4286
252b5132
RH
4287* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4288* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4289* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4290* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4291* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4292@ifset ELF
4293* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4294@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4295
252b5132
RH
4296* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4297@ignore
4298* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4299@end ignore
f0dc282c 4300
252b5132
RH
4301* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4302* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4303* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4304* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4305* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4306* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4307* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4308* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4309@ifset ELF
4310* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4311* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4312@end ifset
f0dc282c 4313
252b5132 4314* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4315@ifset ELF
4316* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4317@end ifset
f0dc282c 4318
252b5132
RH
4319* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4320* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4321@ifset ELF
4322* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4323@end ifset
f0dc282c 4324
252b5132 4325* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4326* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4327* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4328* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4329@ifset COFF
4330* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4331@end ifset
4332@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4333* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4334@end ifset
f0dc282c 4335
252b5132
RH
4336* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4337* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4338* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4339@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4340* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4341@end ifset
884f0d36 4342@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4343* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4344@end ifclear
4345
252b5132 4346* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4347@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4348* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4349@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4350@ifset have-stabs
4351* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4352@end ifset
f0dc282c 4353
38a57ae7 4354* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4355* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4356@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4357* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4358* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4359@end ifset
f0dc282c 4360
252b5132
RH
4361@ifset COFF
4362* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4363@end ifset
f0dc282c 4364
252b5132
RH
4365* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4366* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4367@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4368* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4369@end ifset
4370
c91d2e08 4371* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4372@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4373* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4374@end ifset
f0dc282c 4375
2e13b764 4376@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4377* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4378* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4379* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4380@end ifset
f0dc282c 4381
d190d046 4382* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4383* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4384* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4385* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4386@ifclear no-space-dir
4387* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4388@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4389* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4390@end menu
4391
4392@node Abort
4393@section @code{.abort}
4394
4395@cindex @code{abort} directive
4396@cindex stopping the assembly
4397This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4398compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4399assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4400of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4401quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4402
4403@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4404@node ABORT (COFF)
4405@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4406
4407@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4408When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4409synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4410
4411@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4412When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4413but ignores it.
4414@end ifset
4415@end ifset
4416
4417@node Align
4418@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4419
4420@cindex padding the location counter
4421@cindex @code{align} directive
4422Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4423boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4424required, as described below.
4425
4426The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4427padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4428padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4429marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4430with no-op instructions.
4431
4432The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4433it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4434directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4435specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4436fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4437required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4438with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4439
4440The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4441For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4442s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4443alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4444the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4445is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4446first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4447
9e9a9798 4448For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4449strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4450number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4451advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4452counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4453multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4454
4455This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4456native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4457GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4458described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4459architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4460
ccf8a69b
BW
4461@node Altmacro
4462@section @code{.altmacro}
4463Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4464
4465@ftable @code
4466@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4467One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4468generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4469replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4470replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4471separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4472define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4473
4474@item String delimiters
4475You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4476@code{"@var{string}"}:
4477
4478@table @code
4479@item '@var{string}'
4480You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4481
4482@item <@var{string}>
4483You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4484@end table
4485
4486@item single-character string escape
4487To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4488character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4489character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4490write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4491
4492@item Expression results as strings
4493You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4494and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4495@end ftable
4496
252b5132
RH
4497@node Ascii
4498@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4499
4500@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4501@cindex string literals
4502@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4503separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4504trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4505
4506@node Asciz
4507@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4508
4509@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4510@cindex zero-terminated strings
4511@cindex null-terminated strings
4512@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4513a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4514
4515@node Balign
4516@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4517
4518@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4519@cindex @code{balign} directive
4520Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4521storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4522alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4523the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4524is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4525
4526The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4527padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4528padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4529marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4530with no-op instructions.
4531
4532The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4533it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4534directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4535specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4536fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4537required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4538with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4539
4540@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4541@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4542The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4543@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4544pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4545fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45464,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4547filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4548the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4549undefined.
4550
fa94de6b 4551@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4552@section Bundle directives
4553@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4554@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4555@cindex bundle
4556@cindex instruction bundle
4557@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4558@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4559bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4560into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4561disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4562gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4563@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4564
4565For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4566certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4567instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4568@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4569chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4570effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4571instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4572that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4573end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4574starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4575instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4576
d3b47e2b 4577@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4578@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4579@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4580The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4581allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4582are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4583aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4584@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4585directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4586
4587@cindex bundle-locked
4588For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4589appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4590instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4591and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4592instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4593sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4594@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4595entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4596boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4597first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4598aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4599bundle size.
4600
d416e51d
RM
4601For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4602inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4603nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4604@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4605matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4606same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4607
252b5132
RH
4608@node Byte
4609@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4610
4611@cindex @code{byte} directive
4612@cindex integers, one byte
4613@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4614Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4615
54cfded0 4616@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4617@section CFI directives
4618@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4619@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4620@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4621should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4622If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4623if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4624To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4625directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4626
d3b47e2b 4627@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4628@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4629@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4630should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4631data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4632@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4633
01642c12 4634Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4635it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4636
d3b47e2b 4637@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4638@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4639@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4640unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4641@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4642
d3b47e2b 4643@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4644@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4645@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4646should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4647argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4648a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4649the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4650can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4651The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4652no personality routine.
4653
d3b47e2b 4654@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4655@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4656@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4657should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4658argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4659or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4660no LSDA.
4661
d3b47e2b 4662@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4663@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4664address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4665
d3b47e2b 4666@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4667@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4668now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4669remains the same.
4670
d3b47e2b 4671@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4672@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4673remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4674absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4675CFA address.
4676
d3b47e2b 4677@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4678Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4679value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4680
d3b47e2b 4681@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4682Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4683CFA.
54cfded0 4684
d3b47e2b 4685@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4686Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4687the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4688using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4689This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4690code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4691
d3b47e2b 4692@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4693Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4694
d3b47e2b 4695@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4696@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4697same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4698instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4699
d3b47e2b 4700@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4701From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4702
d3b47e2b 4703@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4704Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4705i.e. no restoration needed.
4706
d3b47e2b 4707@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state},
01642c12
RM
4708First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4709then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4710everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4711the previous saved state.
4712
d3b47e2b 4713@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4714Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4715directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4716
d3b47e2b 4717@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4718Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4719
d3b47e2b 4720@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4721SPARC register window has been saved.
4722
d3b47e2b 4723@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4724Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4725might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4726opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4727
d3b47e2b 4728@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4729The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4730will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4731description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4732
4733The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4734limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4735mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4736by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4737or another register.
4738
ccf8a69b
BW
4739@node Comm
4740@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4741
ccf8a69b
BW
4742@cindex @code{comm} directive
4743@cindex symbol, common
4744@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4745common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4746of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4747definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4748allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4749absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4750the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4751using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4752
c1711530
DK
4753@ifset COFF-ELF
4754When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4755an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4756specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4757that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4758as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4759boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4760power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4761common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4762alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4763largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4764maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4765is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4766@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4767multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4768It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4769(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4770@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4771
ccf8a69b
BW
4772@ifset HPPA
4773The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4774@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4775@end ifset
07a53e5c 4776
252b5132
RH
4777@node Data
4778@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4779
4780@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4781@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4782end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4783absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4784to zero.
4785
4786@ifset COFF
4787@node Def
4788@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4789
4790@cindex @code{def} directive
4791@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4792@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4793Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4794definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4795@ifset BOUT
4796
a4fb0134 4797This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4798format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4799but ignored.
4800@end ifset
4801@end ifset
4802
4803@ifset aout-bout
4804@node Desc
4805@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4806
4807@cindex @code{desc} directive
4808@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4809@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4810This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4811to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4812
4813@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4814The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4815configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4816object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4817it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4818@end ifset
4819@end ifset
4820
4821@ifset COFF
4822@node Dim
4823@section @code{.dim}
4824
4825@cindex @code{dim} directive
4826@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4827@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4828This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4829information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4830@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4831@ifset BOUT
4832
4833@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4834@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4835ignores it.
4836@end ifset
4837@end ifset
4838
4839@node Double
4840@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4841
4842@cindex @code{double} directive
4843@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4844@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4845assembles floating point numbers.
4846@ifset GENERIC
4847The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4848@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4849@end ifset
4850@ifclear GENERIC
4851@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4852On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4853in @sc{ieee} format.
4854@end ifset
4855@end ifclear
4856
4857@node Eject
4858@section @code{.eject}
4859
4860@cindex @code{eject} directive
4861@cindex new page, in listings
4862@cindex page, in listings
4863@cindex listing control: new page
4864Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4865
4866@node Else
4867@section @code{.else}
4868
4869@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4870@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4871assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4872of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4873was false.
4874
3fd9f047
TW
4875@node Elseif
4876@section @code{.elseif}
4877
4878@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4879@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4880assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4881@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4882
252b5132
RH
4883@node End
4884@section @code{.end}
4885
4886@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4887@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4888process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4889
4890@ifset COFF
4891@node Endef
4892@section @code{.endef}
4893
4894@cindex @code{endef} directive
4895This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4896@code{.def}.
4897@ifset BOUT
4898
4899@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4900@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4901directive but ignores it.
4902@end ifset
4903@end ifset
4904
4905@node Endfunc
4906@section @code{.endfunc}
4907@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4908@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4909
4910@node Endif
4911@section @code{.endif}
4912
4913@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4914@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4915it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4916conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4917
4918@node Equ
4919@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4920
4921@cindex @code{equ} directive
4922@cindex assigning values to symbols
4923@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4924This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4925It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4926
4927@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4928The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4929@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4930@end ifset
4931
3c9b82ba 4932@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4933The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4934@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4935On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4936but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4937Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4938@end ifset
4939
252b5132
RH
4940@node Equiv
4941@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4942@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4943The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4944the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4945symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4946undefined.
252b5132 4947
01642c12 4948Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4949@smallexample
4950.ifdef SYM
4951.err
4952.endif
4953.equ SYM,VAL
4954@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4955plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4956
4957@node Eqv
4958@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4959@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4960The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4961evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4962the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4963value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4964
4965@node Err
4966@section @code{.err}
4967@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4968If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4969message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4970object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4971
d190d046
HPN
4972@node Error
4973@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4974@cindex error directive
4975
4976Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4977string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4978message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4979@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4980
4981@smallexample
4982 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4983@end smallexample
4984
252b5132
RH
4985@node Exitm
4986@section @code{.exitm}
4987Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4988
4989@node Extern
4990@section @code{.extern}
4991
4992@cindex @code{extern} directive
4993@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4994with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4995all undefined symbols as external.
4996
4997@node Fail
4998@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4999
5000@cindex @code{fail} directive
5001Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5002or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5003than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5004include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5005complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5006
252b5132 5007@node File
14082c76 5008@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5009@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5010
5011@ifclear no-file-dir
5012There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5013that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5014@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5015
5016@subheading Default Version
5017
252b5132
RH
5018@cindex logical file name
5019@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5020This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5021are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5022
5023@smallexample
5024.file @var{string}
5025@end smallexample
5026
5027@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5028recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5029to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5030statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5031old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5032
5033@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5034@end ifclear
5035
14082c76
BW
5036When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5037to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5038
5039@smallexample
5040.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5041@end smallexample
5042
5043The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5044index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5045literal.
5046
5047The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5048table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5049information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5050entries will have.
5051
252b5132
RH
5052@node Fill
5053@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5054
5055@cindex @code{fill} directive
5056@cindex writing patterns in memory
5057@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5058@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5059This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5060may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5061more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5062other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5063is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5064zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5065byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5066Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5067@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5068compatible with other people's assemblers.
5069
5070@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5071If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5072assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5073@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5074
5075@node Float
5076@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5077
5078@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5079@cindex @code{float} directive
5080This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5081has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5082@ifset GENERIC
5083The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5084@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5085@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5086@end ifset
5087@ifclear GENERIC
5088@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5089On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5090in @sc{ieee} format.
5091@end ifset
5092@end ifclear
5093
5094@node Func
5095@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5096@cindex @code{func} directive
5097@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5098is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5099Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5100@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5101prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5102@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5103All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5104The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5105
5106@node Global
5107@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5108
5109@cindex @code{global} directive
5110@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5111@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5112@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5113other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5114@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5115from another file linked into the same program.
5116
5117Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5118compatibility with other assemblers.
5119
5120@ifset HPPA
5121On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5122partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5123@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5124@end ifset
5125
c91d2e08 5126@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5127@node Gnu_attribute
5128@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5129Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5130
c91d2e08
NC
5131@node Hidden
5132@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5133
c1253627
NC
5134@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5135@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5136This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5137@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5138@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5139
5140This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5141their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5142@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5143Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5144@end ifset
5145
252b5132
RH
5146@node hword
5147@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5148
5149@cindex @code{hword} directive
5150@cindex integers, 16-bit
5151@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5152@cindex sixteen bit integers
5153This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5154a 16 bit number for each.
5155
5156@ifset GENERIC
5157This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5158architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5159@end ifset
5160@ifclear GENERIC
5161@ifset W32
5162This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5163@end ifset
5164@ifset W16
5165This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5166@end ifset
5167@end ifclear
5168
5169@node Ident
5170@section @code{.ident}
5171
5172@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5173
5174This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5175behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5176a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5177source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5178for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5179@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5180emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5181
5182@node If
5183@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5184
5185@cindex conditional assembly
5186@cindex @code{if} directive
5187@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5188considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5189(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5190the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5191(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5192alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5193If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5194nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5195
5196The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5197@table @code
5198@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5199@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5200Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5201has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5202is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5203
26aca5f6
JB
5204@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5205@item .ifb @var{text}
5206Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5207
252b5132
RH
5208@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5209@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5210Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5211strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5212the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5213end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5214string comparison is case sensitive.
5215
5216@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5217@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5218Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5219
5220@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5221@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5222Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5223
5224@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5225@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5226Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5227equal to zero.
5228
5229@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5230@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5231Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5232
5233@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5234@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5235Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5236to zero.
5237
5238@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5239@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5240Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5241
26aca5f6
JB
5242@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5243@item .ifnb @var{text}
5244Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5245following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5246
252b5132
RH
5247@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5248@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5249Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5250following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5251
5252@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5253@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5254@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5255@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5256Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5257has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5258which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5259
5260@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5261@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5262Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5263(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5264
5265@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5266@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5267Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5268following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5269@end table
5270
7e005732
NC
5271@node Incbin
5272@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5273
5274@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5275@cindex binary files, including
5276The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5277location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5278option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5279around @var{file}.
5280
5281The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5282@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5283read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5284responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5285after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5286
252b5132
RH
5287@node Include
5288@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5289
5290@cindex @code{include} directive
5291@cindex supporting files, including
5292@cindex files, including
5293This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5294points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5295if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5296included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5297can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5298(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5299around @var{file}.
5300
5301@node Int
5302@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5303
5304@cindex @code{int} directive
5305@cindex integers, 32-bit
5306Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5307For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5308expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5309of target the assembly is for.
5310
5311@ifclear GENERIC
5312@ifset H8
7be1c489 5313On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5314integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
531532-bit integers.
5316@end ifset
5317@end ifclear
5318
c91d2e08
NC
5319@ifset ELF
5320@node Internal
5321@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5322
c1253627
NC
5323@cindex @code{internal} directive
5324@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5325This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5326@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5327@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5328
5329This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5330their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5331@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5332(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5333processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5334@end ifset
5335
252b5132
RH
5336@node Irp
5337@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5338
5339@cindex @code{irp} directive
5340Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5341The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5342terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5343set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5344@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5345@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5346sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5347
5348For example, assembling
5349
5350@example
5351 .irp param,1,2,3
5352 move d\param,sp@@-
5353 .endr
5354@end example
5355
5356is equivalent to assembling
5357
5358@example
5359 move d1,sp@@-
5360 move d2,sp@@-
5361 move d3,sp@@-
5362@end example
5363
96e9638b 5364For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5365
252b5132
RH
5366@node Irpc
5367@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5368
5369@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5370Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5371The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5372terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5373@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5374assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5375assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5376@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5377
5378For example, assembling
5379
5380@example
5381 .irpc param,123
5382 move d\param,sp@@-
5383 .endr
5384@end example
5385
5386is equivalent to assembling
5387
5388@example
5389 move d1,sp@@-
5390 move d2,sp@@-
5391 move d3,sp@@-
5392@end example
5393
5e75c3ab
JB
5394For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5395at @xref{Macro}.
5396
252b5132
RH
5397@node Lcomm
5398@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5399
5400@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5401@cindex local common symbols
5402@cindex symbols, local common
5403Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5404denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5405those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5406section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5407is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5408not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5409
5410@ifset GENERIC
5411Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5412argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5413@end ifset
5414
5415@ifset HPPA
5416The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5417@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5418@end ifset
5419
5420@node Lflags
5421@section @code{.lflags}
5422
5423@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5424@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5425assemblers, but ignores it.
5426
5427@ifclear no-line-dir
5428@node Line
5429@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5430
5431@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5432@cindex logical line number
5433@ifset aout-bout
5434Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5435expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5436statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5437reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5438@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5439for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5440@end ifset
5441
252b5132 5442Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5443@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5444when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5445were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5446@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5447
5448Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5449used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5450debugging.
5451@end ifclear
5452
5453@node Linkonce
5454@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5455@cindex COMDAT
5456@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5457@cindex common sections
5458Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5459This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5460but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5461The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5462Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5463unique.
5464
5465This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5466writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5467Executable format used on Windows NT.
5468
5469The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5470following strings. For example:
5471@smallexample
5472.linkonce same_size
5473@end smallexample
5474Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5475
5476@table @code
5477@item discard
5478Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5479
5480@item one_only
5481Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5482
5483@item same_size
5484Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5485
5486@item same_contents
5487Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5488@end table
5489
ccf8a69b
BW
5490@node List
5491@section @code{.list}
5492
5493@cindex @code{list} directive
5494@cindex listing control, turning on
5495Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5496not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5497internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5498counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5499generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5500
5501By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5502@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5503the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5504
252b5132
RH
5505@node Ln
5506@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5507
5508@cindex @code{ln} directive
5509@ifclear no-line-dir
5510@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5511@end ifclear
5512@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5513Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5514must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5515line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5516statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5517line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5518@ifset BOUT
5519
a4fb0134 5520This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5521configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5522output format.
5523@end ifset
5524@end ifset
5525
ccf8a69b
BW
5526@node Loc
5527@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5528@cindex @code{loc} directive
5529When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5530the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5531number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5532instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5533arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5534the row is added.
252b5132 5535
ccf8a69b
BW
5536The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5537
5538@table @code
5539@item basic_block
5540This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5541@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5542
5543@item prologue_end
5544This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5545@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5546
5547@item epilogue_begin
5548This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5549@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5550
5551@item is_stmt @var{value}
5552This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5553@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5554either 0 or 1.
5555
5556@item isa @var{value}
5557This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5558state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5559
92846e72
CC
5560@item discriminator @var{value}
5561This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5562state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5563
ccf8a69b
BW
5564@end table
5565
5566@node Loc_mark_labels
5567@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5568@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5569When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5570the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5571to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5572register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5573The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5574this function respectively.
252b5132 5575
4d4175af
BW
5576@ifset ELF
5577@node Local
5578@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5579
5580@cindex @code{local} directive
5581This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5582the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5583will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5584they will be created.
5585
5586For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5587accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5588the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5589(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5590@end ifset
5591
252b5132
RH
5592@node Long
5593@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5594
5595@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5596@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5597
5598@ignore
5599@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5600@c what it really ought to do
5601@node Lsym
5602@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5603
5604@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5605@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5606@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5607the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5608rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5609the same as the expression value:
5610@smallexample
5611@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5612@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5613@var{value} = @var{expression}
5614@end smallexample
5615@noindent
5616The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5617@end ignore
5618
5619@node Macro
5620@section @code{.macro}
5621
5622@cindex macros
5623The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5624generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5625@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5626
5627@example
5628 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5629 .long \from
5630 .if \to-\from
5631 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5632 .endif
5633 .endm
5634@end example
5635
5636@noindent
5637With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5638
5639@example
5640 .long 0
5641 .long 1
5642 .long 2
5643 .long 3
5644 .long 4
5645 .long 5
5646@end example
5647
5648@ftable @code
5649@item .macro @var{macname}
5650@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5651@cindex @code{macro} directive
5652Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5653definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5654separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5655indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5656@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5657(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5658macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5659cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5660subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5661definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5662
5663@table @code
5664@item .macro comm
5665Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5666arguments.
5667
6258339f 5668@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5669@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5670Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5671which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5672@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5673
5674@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5675Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5676arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5677After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5678@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5679@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5680,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5681@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5682
6eaeac8a
JB
5683@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5684Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5685arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5686not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5687will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5688
252b5132
RH
5689When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5690position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5691@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5692
6258339f
NC
5693@end table
5694
5e75c3ab
JB
5695Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5696as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5697occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5698characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5699(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5700architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5701character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5702replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5703construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5704identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5705this macro definition:
5706
5707@example
5708 .macro label l
5709\l:
5710 .endm
5711@end example
5712
5713might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5714called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5715assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5716identifier.
5717
5718Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5719which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5720for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5721length specifier like this:
5722
5723@example
5724 .macro opcode base length
5725 \base.\length
5726 .endm
5727@end example
5728
5729and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5730instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5731interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5732
5733There are several possible ways around this problem:
5734
5735@table @code
5736@item Insert white space
5737If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5738solution. eg:
5739
5740@example
5741 .macro label l
5742\l :
5743 .endm
5744@end example
5745
5746@item Use @samp{\()}
5747The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5748the following text. eg:
5749
5750@example
5751 .macro opcode base length
5752 \base\().\length
5753 .endm
5754@end example
5755
5756@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5757In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5758used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5759
5760@example
5761 .altmacro
5762 .macro label l
5763l&:
5764 .endm
5765@end example
6258339f 5766@end table
5e75c3ab 5767
96e9638b 5768Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5769also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5770and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5771
252b5132
RH
5772@item .endm
5773@cindex @code{endm} directive
5774Mark the end of a macro definition.
5775
5776@item .exitm
5777@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5778Exit early from the current macro definition.
5779
5780@cindex number of macros executed
5781@cindex macros, count executed
5782@item \@@
a4fb0134 5783@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5784executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5785output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5786
252b5132
RH
5787@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5788@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5789macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5790@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5791@end ftable
252b5132 5792
ccf8a69b
BW
5793@node MRI
5794@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5795
ccf8a69b
BW
5796@cindex @code{mri} directive
5797@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5798If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5799@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5800affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5801of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5802
caa32fe5
NC
5803@node Noaltmacro
5804@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5805Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5806
252b5132
RH
5807@node Nolist
5808@section @code{.nolist}
5809
5810@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5811@cindex listing control, turning off
5812Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5813not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5814internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5815counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5816generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5817
5818@node Octa
5819@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5820
5821@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5822@cindex @code{octa} directive
5823@cindex integer, 16-byte
5824@cindex sixteen byte integer
5825This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5826bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5827
5828The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5829hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5830
9aec2026
NC
5831@node Offset
5832@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5833
5834@cindex @code{offset} directive
5835Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5836be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5837symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5838directive.
9aec2026 5839
252b5132
RH
5840@node Org
5841@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5842
5843@cindex @code{org} directive
5844@cindex location counter, advancing
5845@cindex advancing location counter
5846@cindex current address, advancing
5847Advance the location counter of the current section to
5848@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5849expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5850you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5851wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5852with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5853@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5854is the same as the current subsection.
5855
5856@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5857unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5858backwards.
5859
5860@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5861@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5862@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5863Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5864may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5865a chance to share your improved assembler.
5866
5867Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5868to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5869people's assemblers.
5870
5871When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5872intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5873absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5874@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5875
5876@node P2align
5877@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5878
5879@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5880@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5881Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5882storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5883number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5884advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5885counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5886multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5887
5888The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5889padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5890padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5891marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5892with no-op instructions.
5893
5894The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5895it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5896directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5897specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5898fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5899required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5900with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5901
5902@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5903@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5904The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5905@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5906pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5907fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
59082,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5909filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5910the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5911undefined.
5912
ccf8a69b
BW
5913@ifset ELF
5914@node PopSection
5915@section @code{.popsection}
5916
5917@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5918@cindex Section Stack
5919This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5920@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5921@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5922(@pxref{Previous}).
5923
5924This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5925section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5926stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5927@end ifset
5928
c91d2e08
NC
5929@ifset ELF
5930@node Previous
5931@section @code{.previous}
5932
c1253627 5933@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5934@cindex Section Stack
5935This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5936@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5937@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5938(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5939
5940This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5941referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5942@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5943subsections). For example:
5944
5945@smallexample
5946.section A
5947 .subsection 1
5948 .word 0x1234
5949 .subsection 2
5950 .word 0x5678
5951.previous
5952 .word 0x9abc
5953@end smallexample
5954
5955Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5956section A. Whilst:
5957
5958@smallexample
5959.section A
5960.subsection 1
5961 # Now in section A subsection 1
5962 .word 0x1234
5963.section B
5964.subsection 0
5965 # Now in section B subsection 0
5966 .word 0x5678
5967.subsection 1
5968 # Now in section B subsection 1
5969 .word 0x9abc
5970.previous
5971 # Now in section B subsection 0
5972 .word 0xdef0
5973@end smallexample
5974
5975Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5976section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5977
5978In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5979the top section on the section stack.
5980@end ifset
5981
252b5132
RH
5982@node Print
5983@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5984
5985@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5986@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5987assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5988
c91d2e08
NC
5989@ifset ELF
5990@node Protected
5991@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5992
c1253627
NC
5993@cindex @code{protected} directive
5994@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5995This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5996@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5997
5998This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5999their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6000@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6001components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6002component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6003this.
c91d2e08
NC
6004@end ifset
6005
252b5132
RH
6006@node Psize
6007@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6008
6009@cindex @code{psize} directive
6010@cindex listing control: paper size
6011@cindex paper size, for listings
6012Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6013number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6014
6015If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6016of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6017default width is 200 columns.
6018
a4fb0134 6019@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6020lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6021@code{.eject}).
6022
6023If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6024those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6025
6026@node Purgem
6027@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6028
6029@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6030Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6031expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6032
c91d2e08
NC
6033@ifset ELF
6034@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6035@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6036
c1253627 6037@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6038@cindex Section Stack
6039This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6040@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6041@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6042(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6043
e9863d7f
DJ
6044This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6045top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6046subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6047@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6048as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6049@end ifset
6050
252b5132
RH
6051@node Quad
6052@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6053
6054@cindex @code{quad} directive
6055@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6056each bignum, it emits
6057@ifclear bignum-16
6058an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6059warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6060@cindex eight-byte integer
6061@cindex integer, 8-byte
6062
6063The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6064hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6065@end ifclear
6066@ifset bignum-16
6067a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6068warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6069@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6070@cindex integer, 16-byte
6071@end ifset
6072
05e9452c
AM
6073@node Reloc
6074@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6075
6076@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6077Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6078@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6079the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6080symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6081@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6082absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6083targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6084relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6085section.
6086
252b5132
RH
6087@node Rept
6088@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6089
6090@cindex @code{rept} directive
6091Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6092@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6093
6094For example, assembling
6095
6096@example
6097 .rept 3
6098 .long 0
6099 .endr
6100@end example
6101
6102is equivalent to assembling
6103
6104@example
6105 .long 0
6106 .long 0
6107 .long 0
6108@end example
6109
6110@node Sbttl
6111@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6112
6113@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6114@cindex subtitles for listings
6115@cindex listing control: subtitle
6116Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6117title line) when generating assembly listings.
6118
6119This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6120it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6121
6122@ifset COFF
6123@node Scl
6124@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6125
6126@cindex @code{scl} directive
6127@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6128@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6129Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6130used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6131whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6132symbolic debugging information.
6133@ifset BOUT
6134
6135The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6136configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6137accepts this directive but ignores it.
6138@end ifset
6139@end ifset
6140
c1253627 6141@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6142@node Section
c1253627 6143@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6144
252b5132
RH
6145@cindex named section
6146Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6147named @var{name}.
6148
6149This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6150named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6151with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6152
c1253627
NC
6153@ifset COFF
6154@ifset ELF
6155@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6156@subheading COFF Version
6157@end ifset
6158
6159@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6160For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6161ways:
c91d2e08 6162
252b5132
RH
6163@smallexample
6164.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6165.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6166@end smallexample
6167
6168If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6169section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6170@table @code
6171@item b
6172bss section (uninitialized data)
6173@item n
6174section is not loaded
6175@item w
6176writable section
6177@item d
6178data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6179@item e
6180exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6181@item r
6182read-only section
6183@item x
6184executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6185@item s
6186shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6187@item a
6188ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6189@item y
6190section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6191@item 0-9
6192single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6193@end table
6194
6195If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6196the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6197loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6198from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6199will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6200
6201If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6202taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6203@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6204
6205@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6206@ifset COFF
6207@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6208@subheading ELF Version
6209@end ifset
6210
c91d2e08
NC
6211@cindex Section Stack
6212This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6213@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6214(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6215@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6216
c1253627 6217@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6218For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6219
252b5132 6220@smallexample
7047dd1e 6221.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6222@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6223
252b5132 6224The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6225combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6226@table @code
6227@item a
6228section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6229@item e
6230section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6231@item w
6232section is writable
6233@item x
6234section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6235@item M
6236section is mergeable
6237@item S
6238section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6239@item G
6240section is a member of a section group
6241@item T
6242section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6243@item ?
6244section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6245@end table
6246
6247The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6248@table @code
6249@item @@progbits
6250section contains data
6251@item @@nobits
6252section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6253@item @@note
6254section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6255@item @@init_array
6256section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6257@item @@fini_array
6258section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6259@item @@preinit_array
6260section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6261@end table
6262
10b016c2
PB
6263Many targets only support the first three section types.
6264
ececec60
NC
6265Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6266ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6267@code{%} character.
6268
22fe14ad 6269If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6270be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6271
6272@smallexample
6273.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6274@end smallexample
6275
6276Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6277constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6278@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6279@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6280the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6281absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6282which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6283@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6284@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6285
6286If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6287be present along with an additional field like this:
6288
6289@smallexample
6290.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6291@end smallexample
6292
6293The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6294particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6295@table @code
6296@item comdat
6297indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6298@item .gnu.linkonce
6299an alias for comdat
6300@end table
6301
96e9638b 6302Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6303the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6304
6305@smallexample
6306.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6307@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6308
01642c12
RM
6309If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6310@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6311present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6312this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6313@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6314If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6315
252b5132
RH
6316If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6317the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6318none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6319executable. The section will contain data.
6320
6321For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6322directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6323
252b5132
RH
6324@smallexample
6325.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6326@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6327
252b5132
RH
6328Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6329separated flags:
6330@table @code
6331@item #alloc
6332section is allocatable
6333@item #write
6334section is writable
6335@item #execinstr
6336section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6337@item #exclude
6338section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6339@item #tls
6340section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6341@end table
c91d2e08 6342
e9863d7f
DJ
6343This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6344contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6345some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6346work.
c1253627
NC
6347@end ifset
6348@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6349
6350@node Set
6351@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6352
6353@cindex @code{set} directive
6354@cindex symbol value, setting
6355Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6356changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6357@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6358flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6359
5d239759
NC
6360You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6361values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6362involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6363being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6364addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6365final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6366the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6367different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6368
6369If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6370file is the last value stored into it.
6371
3c9b82ba
NC
6372@ifset Z80
6373On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6374@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6375@end ifset
6376
252b5132
RH
6377@node Short
6378@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6379
6380@cindex @code{short} directive
6381@ifset GENERIC
6382@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6383@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6384
6385In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6386numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6387@end ifset
6388@ifclear GENERIC
6389@ifset W16
6390@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6391@end ifset
6392@ifset W32
6393This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6394a 16 bit number for each.
6395@end ifset
6396@end ifclear
6397
6398@node Single
6399@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6400
6401@cindex @code{single} directive
6402@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6403This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6404has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6405@ifset GENERIC
6406The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6407@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6408@end ifset
6409@ifclear GENERIC
6410@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6411On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6412numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6413@end ifset
6414@end ifclear
6415
c1253627 6416@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6417@node Size
c1253627 6418@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6419
c1253627
NC
6420This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6421
6422@ifset COFF
6423@ifset ELF
6424@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6425@subheading COFF Version
6426@end ifset
6427
6428@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6429For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6430@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6431
6432@smallexample
6433.size @var{expression}
6434@end smallexample
252b5132 6435
c91d2e08 6436@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6437@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6438@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6439ignores it.
6440@end ifset
c1253627 6441@end ifset
c91d2e08 6442
c1253627
NC
6443@ifset ELF
6444@ifset COFF
6445@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6446@subheading ELF Version
6447@end ifset
6448
6449@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6450For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6451
c1253627
NC
6452@smallexample
6453.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6454@end smallexample
6455
6456This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6457The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6458arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6459symbols.
c1253627
NC
6460@end ifset
6461@end ifset
252b5132 6462
252b5132
RH
6463@ifclear no-space-dir
6464@node Skip
6465@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6466
6467@cindex @code{skip} directive
6468@cindex filling memory
6469This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6470@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6471@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6472@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6473@end ifclear
252b5132 6474
ccf8a69b
BW
6475@node Sleb128
6476@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6477
6478@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6479@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6480compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6481symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6482
884f0d36 6483@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6484@node Space
6485@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6486
6487@cindex @code{space} directive
6488@cindex filling memory
6489This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6490@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6491and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6492as @samp{.skip}.
6493
6494@ifset HPPA
6495@quotation
6496@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6497targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6498Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6499@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6500for a summary.
6501@end quotation
6502@end ifset
6503@end ifclear
6504
252b5132
RH
6505@ifset have-stabs
6506@node Stab
6507@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6508
6509@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6510@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6511There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6512All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6513The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6514cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6515Up to five fields are required:
6516
6517@table @var
6518@item string
6519This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6520@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6521debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6522using this field.
6523
6524@item type
6525An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6526this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6527and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6528
6529@item other
6530An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6531low 8 bits of this expression.
6532
6533@item desc
6534An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6535bits of this expression.
6536
6537@item value
6538An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6539@end table
6540
6541If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6542or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6543you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6544compatible with earlier assemblers!
6545
6546@table @code
6547@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6548@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6549
6550The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6551It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6552null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6553strings.
6554
6555The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6556relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6557is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6558assembled.
6559
6560@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6561@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6562The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6563
6564@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6565@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6566All five fields are specified.
6567@end table
6568@end ifset
6569@c end have-stabs
6570
6571@node String
38a57ae7 6572@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6573"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6574
6575@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6576@cindex string8, copying to object file
6577@cindex string16, copying to object file
6578@cindex string32, copying to object file
6579@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6580@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6581@cindex @code{string8} directive
6582@cindex @code{string16} directive
6583@cindex @code{string32} directive
6584@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6585
6586Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6587one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6588particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6589You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6590
01642c12 6591The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6592the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6593copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6594are stored in target endianness byte order.
6595
6596Example:
6597@smallexample
6598 .string32 "BYE"
6599expands to:
6600 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6601 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6602@end smallexample
6603
6604
252b5132
RH
6605@node Struct
6606@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6607
6608@cindex @code{struct} directive
6609Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6610which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6611@smallexample
6612 .struct 0
6613field1:
6614 .struct field1 + 4
6615field2:
6616 .struct field2 + 4
6617field3:
6618@end smallexample
6619This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6620@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6621value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6622use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6623before further assembly.
6624
c91d2e08
NC
6625@ifset ELF
6626@node SubSection
6627@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6628
c1253627 6629@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6630@cindex Section Stack
6631This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6632@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6633@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6634(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6635
6636This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6637section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6638in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6639@end ifset
6640
252b5132
RH
6641@ifset ELF
6642@node Symver
6643@section @code{.symver}
6644@cindex @code{symver} directive
6645@cindex symbol versioning
6646@cindex versions of symbols
6647Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6648within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6649typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6650There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6651into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6652shared library.
6653
79082ff0 6654For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6655@smallexample
6656.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6657@end smallexample
339681c0 6658If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6659being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6660alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6661just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6662permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6663of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6664itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6665have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6666file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6667function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6668the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6669building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6670symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6671nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6672
6673If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6674references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6675reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6676symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6677
6678Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6679@smallexample
6680.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6681@end smallexample
6682In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6683the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6684difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6685references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6686
6687The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6688@smallexample
6689.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6690@end smallexample
6691When @var{name} is not defined within the
6692file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6693@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6694name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6695@end ifset
6696
6697@ifset COFF
6698@node Tag
6699@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6700
6701@cindex COFF structure debugging
6702@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6703@cindex @code{tag} directive
6704This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6705information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6706@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6707definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6708@ifset BOUT
6709
6710@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6711@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6712ignores it.
6713@end ifset
6714@end ifset
6715
6716@node Text
6717@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6718
6719@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6720Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6721the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6722expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6723is used.
6724
6725@node Title
6726@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6727
6728@cindex @code{title} directive
6729@cindex listing control: title line
6730Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6731source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6732
6733This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6734it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6735
c1253627 6736@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6737@node Type
c1253627
NC
6738@section @code{.type}
6739
6740This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6741
6742@ifset COFF
6743@ifset ELF
6744@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6745@subheading COFF Version
6746@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6747
6748@cindex COFF symbol type
6749@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6750@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6751For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6752@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6753
6754@smallexample
6755.type @var{int}
6756@end smallexample
6757
6758This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6759entry.
252b5132 6760
c91d2e08 6761@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6762@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6763@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6764directive but ignores it.
6765@end ifset
c1253627 6766@end ifset
c91d2e08 6767
c1253627
NC
6768@ifset ELF
6769@ifset COFF
6770@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6771@subheading ELF Version
6772@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6773
6774@cindex ELF symbol type
6775@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6776@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6777For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6778
6779@smallexample
6780.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6781@end smallexample
6782
6783This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6784function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6785supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6786compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6787
6788Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6789@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6790below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6791the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6792maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6793assemblers.
6794
6795The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6796
6797@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6798 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6799 .type <name>,#<type>
6800 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6801 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6802 .type <name>,"<type>"
6803@end smallexample
6804
6805The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6806
5671778d
NC
6807@table @gcctabopt
6808@item STT_FUNC
6809@itemx function
6810Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6811
d8045f23
NC
6812@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6813@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6814Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6815processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6816
5671778d
NC
6817@item STT_OBJECT
6818@itemx object
6819Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6820
6821@item STT_TLS
6822@itemx tls_object
6823Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6824
6825@item STT_COMMON
6826@itemx common
6827Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6828
6829@item STT_NOTYPE
6830@itemx notype
6831Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6832
3e7a7d11
NC
6833@item gnu_unique_object
6834Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6835will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6836name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6837systems).
3e7a7d11 6838
5671778d
NC
6839@end table
6840
6841Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6842
c1253627
NC
6843@end ifset
6844@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6845
6846@node Uleb128
6847@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6848
6849@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6850@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6851compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6852symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6853
6854@ifset COFF
6855@node Val
6856@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6857
6858@cindex @code{val} directive
6859@cindex COFF value attribute
6860@cindex value attribute, COFF
6861This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6862records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6863entry.
6864@ifset BOUT
6865
a4fb0134 6866@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6867configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6868@end ifset
6869@end ifset
6870
2e13b764 6871@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6872@node Version
6873@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6874
c1253627 6875@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6876This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6877formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6878@end ifset
2e13b764 6879
c91d2e08
NC
6880@ifset ELF
6881@node VTableEntry
6882@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6883
653cfe85 6884@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6885This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6886@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6887
c91d2e08
NC
6888@node VTableInherit
6889@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6890
653cfe85 6891@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6892This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6893@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6894parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6895parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6896@end ifset
2e13b764 6897
d190d046
HPN
6898@node Warning
6899@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6900@cindex warning directive
6901Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6902(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6903
c91d2e08
NC
6904@node Weak
6905@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6906
c1253627 6907@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6908This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6909@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6910
01642c12 6911On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6912directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6913@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6914
977cdf5a 6915On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6916When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6917alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6918
06e77878
AO
6919@node Weakref
6920@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6921
6922@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6923This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6924be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6925If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6926will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6927symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6928
6929The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6930assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6931symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6932resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6933had the references to the alias removed.
6934
6935The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6936within the assembler.
6937
252b5132
RH
6938@node Word
6939@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6940
6941@cindex @code{word} directive
6942This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6943separated by commas.
6944@ifclear GENERIC
6945@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6946For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6947@end ifset
6948@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6949For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6950@end ifset
6951@end ifclear
6952@ifset GENERIC
6953
6954The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6955depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6956@end ifset
6957
6958@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6959@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6960@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6961@cindex difference tables altered
6962@cindex altered difference tables
6963@quotation
6964@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6965@end quotation
6966
6967@ifset GENERIC
6968Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6969addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6970interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6971@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6972
6973@end ifset
6974In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6975@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6976Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6977compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6978directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6979@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6980creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6981This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6982first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6983of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6984table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6985contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6986@code{sym2}.
6987
6988If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6989secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6990@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6991long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6992and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6993minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6994entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6995
6996@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6997@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6998@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6999assembly language programmers.
7000@end ifset
7001@end ifset
7002@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7003
7ce98c16
NC
7004@ifclear no-space-dir
7005@node Zero
7006@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7007
7008@cindex @code{zero} directive
7009@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7010This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7011expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7012so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7013instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7014@end ifclear
7015
252b5132
RH
7016@node Deprecated
7017@section Deprecated Directives
7018
7019@cindex deprecated directives
7020@cindex obsolescent directives
7021One day these directives won't work.
7022They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7023@table @t
7024@item .abort
7025@item .line
7026@end table
7027
3a99f02f
DJ
7028@ifset ELF
7029@node Object Attributes
7030@chapter Object Attributes
7031@cindex object attributes
7032
7033@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7034into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7035Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7036point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7037requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7038passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7039hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7040generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7041newer generation at run-time.
7042
7043This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7044@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7045time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7046correctly.
7047
7048Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7049attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7050string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7051and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7052or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7053attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7054
7055Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7056The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7057
7058@menu
7059* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7060* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7061@end menu
7062
7063@node GNU Object Attributes
7064@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7065
7066The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7067with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7068
7069Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7070its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7071an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
70722} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7073architecture-dependent ones.
7074
7075@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7076
7077These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7078
7079@table @r
7080@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7081The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7082the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7083then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7084than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7085arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7086@end table
7087
7088@subsection MIPS Attributes
7089
7090@table @r
7091@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7092The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7093
7094@itemize @bullet
7095@item
70960 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7097@item
f179c512
MF
70981 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7099double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7100@item
71012 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7102@item
71033 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7104@item
f179c512
MF
71054 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7106floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7107number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7108@item
71095 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7110with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7111general-purpose registers.
7112@item
71136 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7114registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7115@item
71167 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7117registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7118direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7119@end itemize
7120@end table
7121
7122@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7123
7124@table @r
7125@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7126The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7127
7128@itemize @bullet
7129@item
71300 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7131@item
3c7b9897 71321 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7133@item
71342 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7135@item
71363 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7137@end itemize
7138
7139@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7140The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7141
7142@itemize @bullet
7143@item
71440 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7145@item
71461 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7147@item
71482 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7149@item
71503 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7151@end itemize
7152@end table
7153
643f7afb
AK
7154@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7155
7156@table @r
7157@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7158The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7159
7160@itemize @bullet
7161@item
71620 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7163@item
71641 for files using software vector ABI.
7165@item
71662 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7167@end itemize
7168@end table
7169
3a99f02f
DJ
7170@node Defining New Object Attributes
7171@section Defining New Object Attributes
7172
7173If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7174will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7175mailing list.
7176
7177@itemize @bullet
7178@item
7179This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7180@item
7181The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7182@item
7183The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7184and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7185@item
7186Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7187@item
7188@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7189@item
7190GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7191@end itemize
7192
7193@end ifset
7194
252b5132
RH
7195@ifset GENERIC
7196@node Machine Dependencies
7197@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7198
7199@cindex machine dependencies
7200The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7201each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7202vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7203directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7204assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7205@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7206optimization.
7207
7208This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7209include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7210subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7211
7212@menu
a06ea964
NC
7213@ifset AARCH64
7214* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7215@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7216@ifset ALPHA
7217* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7218@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7219@ifset ARC
7220* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7221@end ifset
7222@ifset ARM
7223* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7224@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7225@ifset AVR
7226* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7227@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7228@ifset Blackfin
7229* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7230@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7231@ifset CR16
7232* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7233@end ifset
8bf549a8 7234@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7235* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7236@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7237@ifset D10V
7238* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7239@end ifset
7240@ifset D30V
7241* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7242@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7243@ifset EPIPHANY
7244* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7245@end ifset
252b5132 7246@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7247* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7248@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7249@ifset HPPA
7250* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7251@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7252@ifset I370
7253* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7254@end ifset
252b5132 7255@ifset I80386
55b62671 7256* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7257@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7258@ifset I860
7259* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7260@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7261@ifset I960
7262* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7263@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7264@ifset IA64
7265* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7266@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7267@ifset IP2K
7268* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7269@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7270@ifset LM32
7271* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7272@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7273@ifset M32C
7274* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7275@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7276@ifset M32R
7277* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7278@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7279@ifset M680X0
7280* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7281@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7282@ifset M68HC11
7283* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7284@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7285@ifset METAG
7286* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7287@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7288@ifset MICROBLAZE
7289* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7290@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7291@ifset MIPS
7292* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7293@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7294@ifset MMIX
7295* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7296@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7297@ifset MSP430
7298* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7299@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7300@ifset NDS32
7301* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7302@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7303@ifset NIOSII
7304* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7305@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7306@ifset NS32K
7307* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7308@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7309@ifset PDP11
7310* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7311@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7312@ifset PJ
7313* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7314@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7315@ifset PPC
7316* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7317@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7318@ifset RL78
7319* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7320@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7321@ifset RX
7322* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7323@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7324@ifset S390
7325* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7326@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7327@ifset SCORE
7328* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7329@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7330@ifset SH
7331* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7332* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7333@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7334@ifset SPARC
7335* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7336@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7337@ifset TIC54X
7338* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7339@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7340@ifset TIC6X
7341* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7342@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7343@ifset TILEGX
7344* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7345@end ifset
7346@ifset TILEPRO
7347* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7348@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7349@ifset V850
7350* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7351@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7352@ifset VAX
7353* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7354@end ifset
7355@ifset VISIUM
7356* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7357@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7358@ifset XGATE
7359* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7360@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7361@ifset XSTORMY16
7362* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7363@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7364@ifset XTENSA
7365* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7366@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7367@ifset Z80
7368* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7369@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7370@ifset Z8000
7371* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7372@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7373@end menu
7374
7375@lowersections
7376@end ifset
7377
7378@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7379@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7380@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7381@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7382@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7383@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7384@c in both conditional blocks.
7385
a06ea964
NC
7386@ifset AARCH64
7387@include c-aarch64.texi
7388@end ifset
7389
625e1353
RH
7390@ifset ALPHA
7391@include c-alpha.texi
7392@end ifset
7393
7394@ifset ARC
7395@include c-arc.texi
7396@end ifset
7397
252b5132
RH
7398@ifset ARM
7399@include c-arm.texi
7400@end ifset
7401
8473f7a4
DC
7402@ifset AVR
7403@include c-avr.texi
7404@end ifset
7405
3b4e1885 7406@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7407@include c-bfin.texi
7408@end ifset
7409
3d3d428f
NC
7410@ifset CR16
7411@include c-cr16.texi
7412@end ifset
7413
328eb32e
HPN
7414@ifset CRIS
7415@include c-cris.texi
7416@end ifset
7417
c2dcd04e 7418@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7419@ifclear GENERIC
7420@node Machine Dependencies
7421@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7422
c2dcd04e 7423The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7424and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7425chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7426family.
7427
7428@menu
c2dcd04e 7429* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7430* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7431@end menu
7432@lowersections
7433@end ifclear
7434@end ifset
7435
7436@ifset D10V
7437@include c-d10v.texi
7438@end ifset
7439
7440@ifset D30V
7441@include c-d30v.texi
7442@end ifset
7443
cfb8c092
NC
7444@ifset EPIPHANY
7445@include c-epiphany.texi
7446@end ifset
7447
252b5132
RH
7448@ifset H8/300
7449@include c-h8300.texi
7450@end ifset
7451
252b5132
RH
7452@ifset HPPA
7453@include c-hppa.texi
7454@end ifset
7455
5b93d8bb
AM
7456@ifset I370
7457@include c-i370.texi
7458@end ifset
7459
252b5132
RH
7460@ifset I80386
7461@include c-i386.texi
7462@end ifset
7463
e3308d0d
JE
7464@ifset I860
7465@include c-i860.texi
7466@end ifset
7467
252b5132
RH
7468@ifset I960
7469@include c-i960.texi
7470@end ifset
7471
9e32ca89
NC
7472@ifset IA64
7473@include c-ia64.texi
7474@end ifset
7475
a40cbfa3
NC
7476@ifset IP2K
7477@include c-ip2k.texi
7478@end ifset
7479
84e94c90
NC
7480@ifset LM32
7481@include c-lm32.texi
7482@end ifset
7483
49f58d10
JB
7484@ifset M32C
7485@include c-m32c.texi
7486@end ifset
7487
ec694b89
NC
7488@ifset M32R
7489@include c-m32r.texi
7490@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7491
7492@ifset M680X0
7493@include c-m68k.texi
7494@end ifset
7495
60bcf0fa
NC
7496@ifset M68HC11
7497@include c-m68hc11.texi
7498@end ifset
7499
a3c62988
NC
7500@ifset METAG
7501@include c-metag.texi
7502@end ifset
7503
01642c12 7504@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7505@include c-microblaze.texi
7506@end ifset
7507
252b5132
RH
7508@ifset MIPS
7509@include c-mips.texi
7510@end ifset
7511
3c3bdf30
NC
7512@ifset MMIX
7513@include c-mmix.texi
7514@end ifset
7515
2469cfa2
NC
7516@ifset MSP430
7517@include c-msp430.texi
7518@end ifset
7519
35c08157
KLC
7520@ifset NDS32
7521@include c-nds32.texi
7522@end ifset
7523
36591ba1
SL
7524@ifset NIOSII
7525@include c-nios2.texi
7526@end ifset
7527
252b5132
RH
7528@ifset NS32K
7529@include c-ns32k.texi
7530@end ifset
7531
e135f41b
NC
7532@ifset PDP11
7533@include c-pdp11.texi
7534@end ifset
7535
041dd5a9
ILT
7536@ifset PJ
7537@include c-pj.texi
7538@end ifset
7539
418c1742
MG
7540@ifset PPC
7541@include c-ppc.texi
7542@end ifset
7543
99c513f6
DD
7544@ifset RL78
7545@include c-rl78.texi
7546@end ifset
7547
046d31c2
NC
7548@ifset RX
7549@include c-rx.texi
7550@end ifset
7551
11c19e16
MS
7552@ifset S390
7553@include c-s390.texi
7554@end ifset
7555
c0157db4
NC
7556@ifset SCORE
7557@include c-score.texi
7558@end ifset
7559
252b5132
RH
7560@ifset SH
7561@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7562@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7563@end ifset
7564
7565@ifset SPARC
7566@include c-sparc.texi
7567@end ifset
7568
39bec121
TW
7569@ifset TIC54X
7570@include c-tic54x.texi
7571@end ifset
7572
40b36596
JM
7573@ifset TIC6X
7574@include c-tic6x.texi
7575@end ifset
7576
aa137e4d
NC
7577@ifset TILEGX
7578@include c-tilegx.texi
7579@end ifset
7580
7581@ifset TILEPRO
7582@include c-tilepro.texi
7583@end ifset
7584
b6605ddd
EB
7585@ifset V850
7586@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7587@end ifset
7588
7589@ifset VAX
7590@include c-vax.texi
7591@end ifset
7592
b6605ddd
EB
7593@ifset VISIUM
7594@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7595@end ifset
7596
f6c1a2d5
NC
7597@ifset XGATE
7598@include c-xgate.texi
7599@end ifset
7600
6753e72f
NC
7601@ifset XSTORMY16
7602@include c-xstormy16.texi
7603@end ifset
7604
e0001a05
NC
7605@ifset XTENSA
7606@include c-xtensa.texi
7607@end ifset
7608
b6605ddd
EB
7609@ifset Z80
7610@include c-z80.texi
7611@end ifset
7612
7613@ifset Z8000
7614@include c-z8k.texi
7615@end ifset
7616
252b5132
RH
7617@ifset GENERIC
7618@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7619@raisesections
7620@end ifset
7621
7622@node Reporting Bugs
7623@chapter Reporting Bugs
7624@cindex bugs in assembler
7625@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7626
a4fb0134 7627Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7628
7629Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7630not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7631entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7632Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7633
7634In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7635information that enables us to fix the bug.
7636
7637@menu
7638* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7639* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7640@end menu
7641
7642@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7643@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7644@cindex bug criteria
7645
7646If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7647
7648@itemize @bullet
7649@cindex fatal signal
7650@cindex assembler crash
7651@cindex crash of assembler
7652@item
7653If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7654@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7655
7656@cindex error on valid input
7657@item
a4fb0134 7658If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7659
7660@cindex invalid input
7661@item
a4fb0134 7662If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7663is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7664be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7665
7666@item
7667If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7668of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7669@end itemize
7670
7671@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7672@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7673@cindex bug reports
7674@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7675
7676A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7677you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7678contact that organization first.
7679
7680You can find contact information for many support companies and
7681individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7682distribution.
7683
ad22bfe8 7684@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7685In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7686to @value{BUGURL}.
7687@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7688
7689The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7690@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7691fact or leave it out, state it!
7692
7693Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7694and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7695name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7696not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7697happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7698perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7699the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7700give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7701and the most helpful.
7702
7703Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7704it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7705that the bug has not been reported previously.
7706
7707Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7708bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7709respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7710You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7711
7712To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7713
7714@itemize @bullet
7715@item
a4fb0134 7716The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7717it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7718
7719Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7720the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7721
7722@item
a4fb0134 7723Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7724
7725@item
7726The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7727version number.
7728
7729@item
a4fb0134 7730What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7731``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7732
7733@item
7734The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7735observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7736all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7737
7738If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7739and then we might not encounter the bug.
7740
7741@item
7742A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7743the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7744high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7745when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7746the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7747file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7748@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7749
7750@item
7751A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7752incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7753
a4fb0134 7754Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7755will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7756notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7757make a mistake.
7758
7759Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7760explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7761@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7762library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7763would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7764would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7765expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7766observations.
7767
7768@item
a4fb0134 7769If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7770diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7771option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7772discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7773by line number.
7774
7775The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7776sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7777@end itemize
7778
7779Here are some things that are not necessary:
7780
7781@itemize @bullet
7782@item
7783A description of the envelope of the bug.
7784
7785Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7786which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7787changes will not affect it.
7788
7789This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7790will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7791with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7792We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7793
7794Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7795of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7796output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7797less time, and so on.
7798
7799However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7800report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7801
7802@item
7803A patch for the bug.
7804
7805A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7806the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7807a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7808to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7809
a4fb0134 7810Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7811construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7812the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7813one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7814
7815And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7816patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7817help us to understand.
7818
7819@item
7820A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7821
7822Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7823things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7824@end itemize
7825
7826@node Acknowledgements
7827@chapter Acknowledgements
7828
653cfe85 7829If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7830it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7831maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7832@c (October 2012),
7833the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7834
7835Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7836more details?}
7837
7838Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7839information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7840extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7841
7842K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7843many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7844up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7845testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7846including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7847and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7848support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7849port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7850file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7851assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7852
7853Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7854in format-specific I/O modules.
7855
7856The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7857has done much work with it since.
7858
7859The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7860
7861Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7862
7863The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7864University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7865
7866Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7867(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7868(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7869support a.out format.
7870
7be1c489
AM
7871Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7872tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7873Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7874use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7875targets.
7876
7877John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7878simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7879updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7880fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7881remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7882cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7883required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7884
7885Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
788668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7887added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7888PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7889
653cfe85 7890Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7891
7892Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7893
7894Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7895along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7896formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7897the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7898
7899Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7900Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7901Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7902Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7903and some initial 64-bit support).
7904
c1253627 7905Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7906
252b5132
RH
7907Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7908support for openVMS/Alpha.
7909
39bec121
TW
7910Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7911flavors.
7912
e0001a05 7913David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7914Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7915
252b5132
RH
7916Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7917configuration enhancements.
7918
84e94c90
NC
7919Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7920
252b5132
RH
7921Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7922you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7923want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7924intentionally leaving anyone out.
7925
793c5807
NC
7926@node GNU Free Documentation License
7927@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7928@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7929
370b66a1
CD
7930@node AS Index
7931@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7932
7933@printindex cp
7934
252b5132
RH
7935@bye
7936@c Local Variables:
7937@c fill-column: 79
7938@c End:
This page took 1.159052 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.